Guide to the Secure Configuration of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6

with profile C2S for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6
This profile demonstrates compliance against the U.S. Government Commercial Cloud Services (C2S) baseline. This baseline was inspired by the Center for Internet Security (CIS) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Benchmark, v1.2.0 - 06-25-2013. For the SCAP Security Guide project to remain in compliance with CIS' terms and conditions, specifically Restrictions(8), note there is no representation or claim that the C2S profile will ensure a system is in compliance or consistency with the CIS baseline.
The SCAP Security Guide Project
https://www.open-scap.org/security-policies/scap-security-guide
This guide presents a catalog of security-relevant configuration settings for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. It is a rendering of content structured in the eXtensible Configuration Checklist Description Format (XCCDF) in order to support security automation. The SCAP content is is available in the scap-security-guide package which is developed at https://www.open-scap.org/security-policies/scap-security-guide.

Providing system administrators with such guidance informs them how to securely configure systems under their control in a variety of network roles. Policy makers and baseline creators can use this catalog of settings, with its associated references to higher-level security control catalogs, in order to assist them in security baseline creation. This guide is a catalog, not a checklist, and satisfaction of every item is not likely to be possible or sensible in many operational scenarios. However, the XCCDF format enables granular selection and adjustment of settings, and their association with OVAL and OCIL content provides an automated checking capability. Transformations of this document, and its associated automated checking content, are capable of providing baselines that meet a diverse set of policy objectives. Some example XCCDF Profiles, which are selections of items that form checklists and can be used as baselines, are available with this guide. They can be processed, in an automated fashion, with tools that support the Security Content Automation Protocol (SCAP). The DISA STIG, which provides required settings for US Department of Defense systems, is one example of a baseline created from this guidance.

This benchmark is a direct port of a SCAP Security Guide benchmark developed for Red Hat Enterprise Linux. It has been modified through an automated process to remove specific dependencies on Red Hat Enterprise Linux and to function with CentOS. The result is a generally useful SCAP Security Guide benchmark with the following caveats:

  • CentOS is not an exact copy of Red Hat Enterprise Linux. There may be configuration differences that produce false positives and/or false negatives. If this occurs please file a bug report.
  • CentOS has its own build system, compiler options, patchsets, and is a community supported, non-commercial operating system. CentOS does not inherit certifications or evaluations from Red Hat Enterprise Linux. As such, some configuration rules (such as those requiring FIPS 140-2 encryption) will continue to fail on CentOS.

Members of the CentOS community are invited to participate in OpenSCAP and SCAP Security Guide development. Bug reports and patches can be sent to GitHub: https://github.com/OpenSCAP/scap-security-guide. The mailing list is at https://fedorahosted.org/mailman/listinfo/scap-security-guide.

Do not attempt to implement any of the settings in this guide without first testing them in a non-operational environment. The creators of this guidance assume no responsibility whatsoever for its use by other parties, and makes no guarantees, expressed or implied, about its quality, reliability, or any other characteristic.

Profile Information

Profile TitleC2S for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6
Profile IDxccdf_org.ssgproject.content_profile_C2S

CPE Platforms

  • cpe:/o:redhat:enterprise_linux:6
  • cpe:/o:centos:centos:6
  • cpe:/o:redhat:enterprise_linux:6::client
  • cpe:/o:redhat:enterprise_linux:6::computenode

Revision History

Current version: 0.1.41

  • draft (as of 2018-10-01)

Table of Contents

  1. System Settings
    1. SELinux
    2. Configure Syslog
    3. Account and Access Control
    4. System Accounting with auditd
    5. File Permissions and Masks
    6. Network Configuration and Firewalls
    7. Set Boot Loader Password
    8. Installing and Maintaining Software
  2. Services
    1. SSH Server
    2. SNMP Server
    3. DNS Server
    4. X Window System
    5. Samba(SMB) Microsoft Windows File Sharing Server
    6. Mail Server Software
    7. LDAP
    8. DHCP
    9. Proxy Server
    10. Obsolete Services
    11. FTP Server
    12. NFS and RPC
    13. Web Server
    14. Base Services
    15. Avahi Server
    16. IMAP and POP3 Server
    17. Print Support
    18. Network Time Protocol
    19. Cron and At Daemons

Checklist

Group   Guide to the Secure Configuration of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6   Group contains 103 groups and 188 rules
Group   System Settings   Group contains 59 groups and 143 rules

[ref]   Contains rules that check correct system settings.

Group   SELinux   Group contains 6 rules

[ref]   SELinux is a feature of the Linux kernel which can be used to guard against misconfigured or compromised programs. SELinux enforces the idea that programs should be limited in what files they can access and what actions they can take.

The default SELinux policy, as configured on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, has been sufficiently developed and debugged that it should be usable on almost any Red Hat system with minimal configuration and a small amount of system administrator training. This policy prevents system services - including most of the common network-visible services such as mail servers, FTP servers, and DNS servers - from accessing files which those services have no valid reason to access. This action alone prevents a huge amount of possible damage from network attacks against services, from trojaned software, and so forth.

This guide recommends that SELinux be enabled using the default (targeted) policy on every Red Hat system, unless that system has unusual requirements which make a stronger policy appropriate.

Rule   Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing   [ref]

The SELinux state should be set to enforcing at system boot time. In the file /etc/selinux/config, add or correct the following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing mode: 

SELINUX=enforcing

Rationale:

Setting the SELinux state to enforcing ensures SELinux is able to confine potentially compromised processes to the security policy, which is designed to prevent them from causing damage to the system or further elevating their privileges.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-65573r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000022, CCI-000026, CCI-000032, 1.6.1.2, 3.1.2, 3.7.2, CCI-002165, CCI-002696, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), AC-3, AC-3(3), AC-3(4), AC-4, AC-6, AU-9, SI-6(a), SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_selinux_state="enforcing"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '' '%s=%s'

fixfiles onboot
fixfiles -f relabel
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_selinux_state # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_selinux_state: !!str |-
        enforcing
  tags:
    - always

- name: "Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing"
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/sysconfig/selinux
    regexp: '^SELINUX='
    line: "SELINUX={{ var_selinux_state }}"
    create: yes
  tags:
    - selinux_state
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(3)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9
    - NIST-800-53-SI-6(a)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.7.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000020

Rule   Uninstall mcstrans Package   [ref]

The mcstransd daemon provides category label information to client processes requesting information. The label translations are defined in /etc/selinux/targeted/setrans.conf. The mcstrans package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase mcstrans

Rationale:

Since this service is not used very often, disable it to reduce the amount of potentially vulnerable code running on the system. NOTE: This rule was added in support of the CIS RHEL6 v1.2.0 benchmark. Please note that Red Hat does not feel this rule is security relevant.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove mcstrans
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure mcstrans is removed
  package:
    name: mcstrans
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_mcstrans_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_mcstrans

class remove_mcstrans {
  package { 'mcstrans':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=mcstrans

Rule   Configure SELinux Policy   [ref]

The SELinux targeted policy is appropriate for general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles. To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line in /etc/selinux/config: 

SELINUXTYPE=targeted
Other policies, such as mls, provide additional security labeling and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose use cases.

Rationale:

Setting the SELinux policy to targeted or a more specialized policy ensures the system will confine processes that are likely to be targeted for exploitation, such as network or system services.

Note: During the development or debugging of SELinux modules, it is common to temporarily place non-production systems in permissive mode. In such temporary cases, SELinux policies should be developed, and once work is completed, the system should be reconfigured to targeted.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-65579r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000022, CCI-000032, 1.6.1.3, 3.1.2, 3.7.2, CCI-002696, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), AC-3, AC-3(3), AC-3(4), AC-4, AC-6, AU-9, SI-6(a), SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_selinux_policy_name="targeted"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUXTYPE=' $var_selinux_policy_name '' '%s=%s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_selinux_policy_name # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_selinux_policy_name: !!str |-
        targeted
  tags:
    - always

- name: "Configure SELinux Policy"
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/sysconfig/selinux
    regexp: '^SELINUXTYPE='
    line: "SELINUXTYPE={{ var_selinux_policy_name }}"
    create: yes
  tags:
    - selinux_policytype
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(3)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9
    - NIST-800-53-SI-6(a)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.7.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000023

Rule   Uninstall setroubleshoot Package   [ref]

The SETroubleshoot service notifies desktop users of SELinux denials. The service provides information around configuration errors, unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors. The setroubleshoot package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase setroubleshoot

Rationale:

The SETroubleshoot service is an unnecessary daemon to have running on a server

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.6.1.4

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove setroubleshoot
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure setroubleshoot is removed
  package:
    name: setroubleshoot
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_setroubleshoot_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_setroubleshoot

class remove_setroubleshoot {
  package { 'setroubleshoot':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=setroubleshoot

Rule   Ensure No Daemons are Unconfined by SELinux   [ref]

Daemons for which the SELinux policy does not contain rules will inherit the context of the parent process. Because daemons are launched during startup and descend from the init process, they inherit the initrc_t context.

To check for unconfined daemons, run the following command: 

$ sudo ps -eZ | egrep "initrc" | egrep -vw "tr|ps|egrep|bash|awk" | tr ':' ' ' | awk '{ print $NF }'
It should produce no output in a well-configured system.

Warning:  Automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation can be achieved by amending SELinux policy or stopping the unconfined daemons as outlined above.
Rationale:

Daemons which run with the initrc_t context may cause AVC denials, or allow privileges that the daemon does not require.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  1.6.1.6, 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.7.2, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), AC-6, AU-9, CM-7

Rule   Ensure SELinux Not Disabled in /etc/grub.conf   [ref]

SELinux can be disabled at boot time by an argument in /etc/grub.conf. Remove any instances of selinux=0 from the kernel arguments in that file to prevent SELinux from being disabled at boot.

Rationale:

Disabling a major host protection feature, such as SELinux, at boot time prevents it from confining system services at boot time. Further, it increases the chances that it will remain off during system operation.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000022, CCI-000032, SV-65547r2_rule, AC-3, AC-3(3), AC-6, AU-9

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/selinux=0//gI" /etc/grub.conf
sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/enforcing=0//gI" /etc/grub.conf
Group   Configure Syslog   Group contains 4 groups and 6 rules

[ref]   The syslog service has been the default Unix logging mechanism for many years. It has a number of downsides, including inconsistent log format, lack of authentication for received messages, and lack of authentication, encryption, or reliable transport for messages sent over a network. However, due to its long history, syslog is a de facto standard which is supported by almost all Unix applications.

In Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, rsyslog has replaced ksyslogd as the syslog daemon of choice, and it includes some additional security features such as reliable, connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server. This section discusses how to configure rsyslog for best effect, and how to use tools provided with the system to maintain and monitor logs.

Group   Ensure All Logs are Rotated by logrotate   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Edit the file /etc/logrotate.d/syslog. Find the first line, which should look like this (wrapped for clarity): 

/var/log/messages /var/log/secure /var/log/maillog /var/log/spooler \
  /var/log/boot.log /var/log/cron {
Edit this line so that it contains a one-space-separated listing of each log file referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf.

All logs in use on a system must be rotated regularly, or the log files will consume disk space over time, eventually interfering with system operation. The file /etc/logrotate.d/syslog is the configuration file used by the logrotate program to maintain all log files written by syslog. By default, it rotates logs weekly and stores four archival copies of each log. These settings can be modified by editing /etc/logrotate.conf, but the defaults are sufficient for purposes of this guide.

Note that logrotate is run nightly by the cron job /etc/cron.daily/logrotate. If particularly active logs need to be rotated more often than once a day, some other mechanism must be used.

Rule   Ensure Logrotate Runs Periodically   [ref]

The logrotate utility allows for the automatic rotation of log files. The frequency of rotation is specified in /etc/logrotate.conf, which triggers a cron task. To configure logrotate to run daily, add or correct the following line in /etc/logrotate.conf: 

# rotate log files frequency
daily

Rationale:

Log files that are not properly rotated run the risk of growing so large that they fill up the /var/log partition. Valuable logging information could be lost if the /var/log partition becomes full.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50425r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000366, AU-9, Req-10.7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE="/etc/logrotate.conf"
CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE="/etc/cron.daily/logrotate"

# daily rotation is configured
grep -q "^daily$" $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE|| echo "daily" >> $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE

# remove any line configuring weekly, monthly or yearly rotation
sed -i -r "/^(weekly|monthly|yearly)$/d" $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE

# configure cron.daily if not already
if ! grep -q "^[[:space:]]*/usr/sbin/logrotate[[:alnum:][:blank:][:punct:]]*$LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE$" $CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE; then
	echo "#!/bin/sh" > $CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE
	echo "/usr/sbin/logrotate $LOGROTATE_CONF_FILE" >> $CRON_DAILY_LOGROTATE_FILE
fi
Group   Configure rsyslogd to Accept Remote Messages If Acting as a Log Server   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   By default, rsyslog does not listen over the network for log messages. If needed, modules can be enabled to allow the rsyslog daemon to receive messages from other systems and for the system thus to act as a log server. If the system is not a log server, then lines concerning these modules should remain commented out.

Rule   Ensure rsyslog Does Not Accept Remote Messages Unless Acting As Log Server   [ref]

The rsyslog daemon should not accept remote messages unless the system acts as a log server. To ensure that it is not listening on the network, ensure the following lines are not found in /etc/rsyslog.conf: 

$ModLoad imtcp
$InputTCPServerRun port
$ModLoad imudp
$UDPServerRun port
$ModLoad imrelp
$InputRELPServerRun port

Rationale:

Any process which receives messages from the network incurs some risk of receiving malicious messages. This risk can be eliminated for rsyslog by configuring it not to listen on the network.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000318, CCI-000368, CCI-001812, CCI-001813, CCI-001814, AU-9(2), AC-4, CM-6(c), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Group   Ensure Proper Configuration of Log Files   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The file /etc/rsyslog.conf controls where log message are written. These are controlled by lines called rules, which consist of a selector and an action. These rules are often customized depending on the role of the system, the requirements of the environment, and whatever may enable the administrator to most effectively make use of log data. The default rules in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 are: 

*.info;mail.none;authpriv.none;cron.none                /var/log/messages
authpriv.*                                              /var/log/secure
mail.*                                                  -/var/log/maillog
cron.*                                                  /var/log/cron
*.emerg                                                 *
uucp,news.crit                                          /var/log/spooler
local7.*                                                /var/log/boot.log
See the man page rsyslog.conf(5) for more information. Note that the rsyslog daemon can be configured to use a timestamp format that some log processing programs may not understand. If this occurs, edit the file /etc/rsyslog.conf and add or edit the following line: 
$ ActionFileDefaultTemplate RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat

Rule   Ensure System Log Files Have Correct Permissions   [ref]

The file permissions for all log files written by rsyslog should be set to 600, or more restrictive. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log. For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf, run the following command to inspect the file's permissions: 

$ ls -l LOGFILE
If the permissions are not 600 or more restrictive, run the following command to correct this: 
$ sudo chmod 0600 LOGFILE

Rationale:

Log files can contain valuable information regarding system configuration. If the system log files are not protected unauthorized users could change the logged data, eliminating their forensic value.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50424r2_rule, SRG-OS-000206, 4.2.1.3, CCI-001314, SI-11, Req-10.5.1, Req-10.5.2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


# List of log file paths to be inspected for correct permissions
# * Primarily inspect log file paths listed in /etc/rsyslog.conf
RSYSLOG_ETC_CONFIG="/etc/rsyslog.conf"
# * And also the log file paths listed after rsyslog's $IncludeConfig directive
#   (store the result into array for the case there's shell glob used as value of IncludeConfig)
RSYSLOG_INCLUDE_CONFIG=($(grep -e "\$IncludeConfig[[:space:]]\+[^[:space:];]\+" /etc/rsyslog.conf | cut -d ' ' -f 2))
# Declare an array to hold the final list of different log file paths
declare -a LOG_FILE_PATHS

# Browse each file selected above as containing paths of log files
# ('/etc/rsyslog.conf' and '/etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf' in the default configuration)
for LOG_FILE in "${RSYSLOG_ETC_CONFIG}" "${RSYSLOG_INCLUDE_CONFIG[@]}"
do
	# From each of these files extract just particular log file path(s), thus:
	# * Ignore lines starting with space (' '), comment ('#"), or variable syntax ('$') characters,
	# * Ignore empty lines,
	# * From the remaining valid rows select only fields constituting a log file path
	# Text file column is understood to represent a log file path if and only if all of the following are met:
	# * it contains at least one slash '/' character,
	# * it doesn't contain space (' '), colon (':'), and semicolon (';') characters
	# Search log file for path(s) only in case it exists!
	if [[ -f "${LOG_FILE}" ]]
	then
		MATCHED_ITEMS=$(sed -e "/^[[:space:]|#|$]/d ; s/[^\/]*[[:space:]]*\([^:;[:space:]]*\)/\1/g ; /^$/d" "${LOG_FILE}")
		# Since above sed command might return more than one item (delimited by newline), split the particular
		# matches entries into new array specific for this log file
		readarray -t ARRAY_FOR_LOG_FILE <<< "$MATCHED_ITEMS"
		# Concatenate the two arrays - previous content of $LOG_FILE_PATHS array with
		# items from newly created array for this log file
		LOG_FILE_PATHS=("${LOG_FILE_PATHS[@]}" "${ARRAY_FOR_LOG_FILE[@]}")
		# Delete the temporary array
		unset ARRAY_FOR_LOG_FILE
	fi
done

for LOG_FILE_PATH in "${LOG_FILE_PATHS[@]}"
do
	# Sanity check - if particular $LOG_FILE_PATH is empty string, skip it from further processing
	if [ -z "$LOG_FILE_PATH" ]
	then
		continue
	fi

	
	# Per https://access.redhat.com/solutions/66805 '/var/log/boot.log' log file needs special care => perform it
	# This has been fixed in RHEL7, the workaround is only necessary for RHEL6
	if [ "$LOG_FILE_PATH" == "/var/log/boot.log" ]
	then
		# Ensure permissions of /var/log/boot.log are configured to be updated in /etc/rc.local
		if ! /bin/grep -q "boot.log" "/etc/rc.local"
		then
			echo "/bin/chmod 600 /var/log/boot.log" >> /etc/rc.local
		fi
		# Ensure /etc/rc.d/rc.local has user-executable permission
		# (in order to be actually executed during boot)
		if [ "$(/usr/bin/stat -c %a /etc/rc.d/rc.local)" -ne 744 ]
		then
			/bin/chmod u+x /etc/rc.d/rc.local
		fi
	fi
	

	# Also for each log file check if its permissions differ from 600. If so, correct them
	if [ "$(/usr/bin/stat -c %a "$LOG_FILE_PATH")" -ne 600 ]
	then
		/bin/chmod 600 "$LOG_FILE_PATH"
	fi
done
Group   Rsyslog Logs Sent To Remote Host   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If system logs are to be useful in detecting malicious activities, it is necessary to send logs to a remote server. An intruder who has compromised the root account on a system may delete the log entries which indicate that the system was attacked before they are seen by an administrator.

However, it is recommended that logs be stored on the local host in addition to being sent to the loghost, especially if rsyslog has been configured to use the UDP protocol to send messages over a network. UDP does not guarantee reliable delivery, and moderately busy sites will lose log messages occasionally, especially in periods of high traffic which may be the result of an attack. In addition, remote rsyslog messages are not authenticated in any way by default, so it is easy for an attacker to introduce spurious messages to the central log server. Also, some problems cause loss of network connectivity, which will prevent the sending of messages to the central server. For all of these reasons, it is better to store log messages both centrally and on each host, so that they can be correlated if necessary.

Rule   Ensure Logs Sent To Remote Host   [ref]

To configure rsyslog to send logs to a remote log server, open /etc/rsyslog.conf and read and understand the last section of the file, which describes the multiple directives necessary to activate remote logging. Along with these other directives, the system can be configured to forward its logs to a particular log server by adding or correcting one of the following lines, substituting loghost.example.com appropriately. The choice of protocol depends on the environment of the system; although TCP and RELP provide more reliable message delivery, they may not be supported in all environments.
To use UDP for log message delivery: 

*.* @loghost.example.com

To use TCP for log message delivery: 
*.* @@loghost.example.com

To use RELP for log message delivery: 
*.* :omrelp:loghost.example.com

There must be a resolvable DNS CNAME or Alias record set to "logcollector" for logs to be sent correctly to the centralized logging utility.

Rationale:

A log server (loghost) receives syslog messages from one or more systems. This data can be used as an additional log source in the event a system is compromised and its local logs are suspect. Forwarding log messages to a remote loghost also provides system administrators with a centralized place to view the status of multiple hosts within the enterprise.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50321r1_rule, SRG-OS-000043, SRG-OS-000215, 4.2.1.4, CCI-000366, CCI-001348, CCI-000136, CCI-001851, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.308(a)(6)(ii), 164.308(a)(8), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.314(a)(2)(i)(C), 164.314(a)(2)(iii), A.12.3.1, AU-3(2), AU-4(1), AU-9, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


rsyslog_remote_loghost_address="logcollector"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/rsyslog.conf' '^\*\.\*' "@@$rsyslog_remote_loghost_address" '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value rsyslog_remote_loghost_address # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    rsyslog_remote_loghost_address: !!str |-
        logcollector
  tags:
    - always

- name: "Set rsyslog remote loghost"
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/rsyslog.conf
    regexp: "^\\*\\.\\*"
    line: "*.* @@{{ rsyslog_remote_loghost_address }}"
    create: yes
  tags:
    - rsyslog_remote_loghost
    - unknown_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-3(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000136

Rule   Enable rsyslog Service   [ref]

The rsyslog service provides syslog-style logging by default on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. The rsyslog service can be enabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig --level 2345 rsyslog on

Rationale:

The rsyslog service must be running in order to provide logging services, which are essential to system administration.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R5), NT28(R46), 4.2.1.1, CCI-001311, CCI-001312, CCI-001557, CCI-001851, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), A.12.3.1, AU-4(1), AU-12

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'rsyslog' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'rsyslog' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service rsyslog
  service:
    name: rsyslog
    enabled: "yes"
    state: "started"
  tags:
    - service_rsyslog_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12

Rule   Ensure rsyslog is Installed   [ref]

Rsyslog is installed by default. The rsyslog package can be installed with the following command: 

 $ sudo yum install rsyslog

Rationale:

The rsyslog package provides the rsyslog daemon, which provides system logging services.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  NT28(R5), NT28(R46), 4.2.3, CCI-001311, CCI-001312, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), A.12.3.1, AU-9(2)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
# Function to install packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_install aide
#
function package_install {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_install 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get install -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_install rsyslog
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure rsyslog is installed
  package:
    name: rsyslog
    state: present
  tags:
    - package_rsyslog_installed
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9(2)
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_rsyslog

class install_rsyslog {
  package { 'rsyslog':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

package --add=rsyslog
Group   Account and Access Control   Group contains 12 groups and 22 rules

[ref]   In traditional Unix security, if an attacker gains shell access to a certain login account, they can perform any action or access any file to which that account has access. Therefore, making it more difficult for unauthorized people to gain shell access to accounts, particularly to privileged accounts, is a necessary part of securing a system. This section introduces mechanisms for restricting access to accounts under Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.

Group   Warning Banners for System Accesses   Group contains 1 group and 3 rules

[ref]   Each system should expose as little information about itself as possible.

System banners, which are typically displayed just before a login prompt, give out information about the service or the host's operating system. This might include the distribution name and the system kernel version, and the particular version of a network service. This information can assist intruders in gaining access to the system as it can reveal whether the system is running vulnerable software. Most network services can be configured to limit what information is displayed.

Many organizations implement security policies that require a system banner provide notice of the system's ownership, provide warning to unauthorized users, and remind authorized users of their consent to monitoring.

Group   Implement a GUI Warning Banner   Group contains 2 rules

Rule   Enable GUI Warning Banner   [ref]

To enable displaying a login warning banner in the GNOME Display Manager's login screen, run the following command: 

$ sudo gconftool-2 --direct \
  --config-source xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory \
  --type bool \
  --set /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/banner_message_enable true
To display a banner, this setting must be enabled and then banner text must also be set.

Rationale:

An appropriate warning message reinforces policy awareness during the login process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000048, CCI-000050, SRG-OS-000024, SV-50489r3_rule, AC-8(a), AC-8(b), AC-8(c)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Install GConf2 package if not installed
if ! rpm -q GConf2; then
  yum -y install GConf2
fi

# Enable displaying of a login warning banner in the GNOME Display Manager's
# login screen
gconftool-2 --direct \
            --config-source "xml:readwrite:/etc/gconf/gconf.xml.mandatory" \
            --type bool \
            --set /apps/gdm/simple-greeter/banner_message_enable true

Rule   Modify the System Login Banner   [ref]

To configure the system login banner edit /etc/issue. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.

OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.

Rationale:

Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.

System use notifications are required only for access via login interfaces with human users and are not required when such human interfaces do not exist.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50394r3_rule, SRG-OS-000228, AC-8(c), CCI-001384, CCI-001385, CCI-001386, CCI-001387, CCI-001388, 1.7.1.2, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, AC-8(a), AC-8(b), AC-8(c)(1), AC-8(c)(2), AC-8(c)(3), SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


login_banner_text="(N/A)"

# There was a regular-expression matching various banners, needs to be expanded
expanded=$(echo "$login_banner_text" | sed 's/(\\\\\x27)\*/\\\x27/g;s/(\\\x27)\*//g;s/\^(\(.*\)|.*$/\1/g;s/\[\\s\\n\][+*]/ /g;s/\\//g;s/[^-]- /\n\n-/g;s/(n)\**//g')
formatted=$(echo "$expanded" | fold -sw 80)

cat <<EOF >/etc/issue
$formatted
EOF

printf "\n" >> /etc/issue
Group   Protect Physical Console Access   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   It is impossible to fully protect a system from an attacker with physical access, so securing the space in which the system is located should be considered a necessary step. However, there are some steps which, if taken, make it more difficult for an attacker to quickly or undetectably modify a system from its console.

Rule   Disable Interactive Boot   [ref]

To disable the ability for users to perform interactive startups, perform both of the following:

  1. Edit the file /etc/sysconfig/init. Add or correct the line: 
    PROMPT=no
  2. Inspect the kernel boot arguments (which follow the word kernel) in /etc/grub.conf and ensure the confirm argument is not present.
Both the PROMPT option of the /etc/sysconfig/init file and the confirm kernel boot argument of the /etc/grub.conf file allow the console user to perform an interactive system startup, in which it is possible to select the set of services which are started on boot.

Rationale:

Using interactive boot, the console user could disable auditing, firewalls, or other services, weakening system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000213, SRG-OS-000080, SV-50389r1_rule, SC-2, AC-3

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Reboot:true

# Ensure value of PROMPT key in /etc/sysconfig/init is set to 'no'
grep -q ^PROMPT /etc/sysconfig/init && \
  sed -i "s/PROMPT.*/PROMPT=no/g" /etc/sysconfig/init
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "PROMPT=no" >> /etc/sysconfig/init
fi

# Ensure 'confirm' kernel boot argument is not present in some of
# kernel lines in /etc/grub.conf
sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/confirm//gI" /etc/grub.conf

Rule   Require Authentication for Single User Mode   [ref]

Single-user mode is intended as a system recovery method, providing a single user root access to the system by providing a boot option at startup. By default, no authentication is performed if single-user mode is selected.

To require entry of the root password even if the system is started in single-user mode, add or correct the following line in the file /etc/sysconfig/init: 

SINGLE=/sbin/sulogin

Rationale:

This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security on the machine and gaining root access. Such accesses are further prevented by configuring the bootloader password.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50387r1_rule, SRG-OS-000080, 1.4.3, 3.1.1, 3.4.5, CCI-000213, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), IA-2(1), AC-3, SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048, 010481

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


grep -q ^SINGLE /etc/sysconfig/init && \
  sed -i "s/SINGLE.*/SINGLE=\/sbin\/sulogin/g" /etc/sysconfig/init
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "SINGLE=/sbin/sulogin" >> /etc/sysconfig/init
fi
Group   Secure Session Configuration Files for Login Accounts   Group contains 1 group and 3 rules

[ref]   When a user logs into a Unix account, the system configures the user's session by reading a number of files. Many of these files are located in the user's home directory, and may have weak permissions as a result of user error or misconfiguration. If an attacker can modify or even read certain types of account configuration information, they can often gain full access to the affected user's account. Therefore, it is important to test and correct configuration file permissions for interactive accounts, particularly those of privileged users such as root or system administrators.

Group   Ensure that Users Have Sensible Umask Values   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The umask setting controls the default permissions for the creation of new files. With a default umask setting of 077, files and directories created by users will not be readable by any other user on the system. Users who wish to make specific files group- or world-readable can accomplish this by using the chmod command. Additionally, users can make all their files readable to their group by default by setting a umask of 027 in their shell configuration files. If default per-user groups exist (that is, if every user has a default group whose name is the same as that user's username and whose only member is the user), then it may even be safe for users to select a umask of 007, making it very easy to intentionally share files with groups of which the user is a member.

Rule   Ensure the Default Bash Umask is Set Correctly   [ref]

To ensure the default umask for users of the Bash shell is set properly, add or correct the umask setting in /etc/bashrc to read as follows: 

umask 027

Rationale:

The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created. A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or written to by unauthorized users.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50452r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 5.4.4, CCI-000366, SA-8

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_accounts_user_umask="027"

grep -q umask /etc/bashrc && \
  sed -i "s/umask.*/umask $var_accounts_user_umask/g" /etc/bashrc
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "umask $var_accounts_user_umask" >> /etc/bashrc
fi

Rule   Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly in /etc/profile   [ref]

To ensure the default umask controlled by /etc/profile is set properly, add or correct the umask setting in /etc/profile to read as follows: 

umask 027

Rationale:

The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created. A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or written to by unauthorized users.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50448r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 5.4.4, CCI-000366, SA-8

Rule   Ensure that User Home Directories are not Group-Writable or World-Readable   [ref]

For each human user of the system, view the permissions of the user's home directory: 

# ls -ld /home/USER
Ensure that the directory is not group-writable and that it is not world-readable. If necessary, repair the permissions: 
# chmod g-w /home/USER
# chmod o-rwx /home/USER

Warning:  This action may involve modifying user home directories. Notify your user community, and solicit input if appropriate, before making this type of change.
Rationale:

User home directories contain many configuration files which affect the behavior of a user's account. No user should ever have write permission to another user's home directory. Group shared directories can be configured in sub-directories or elsewhere in the filesystem if they are needed. Typically, user home directories should not be world-readable, as it would disclose file names to other users. If a subset of users need read access to one another's home directories, this can be provided using groups or ACLs.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000225, AC-6(7)

Group   Protect Accounts by Restricting Password-Based Login   Group contains 4 groups and 12 rules

[ref]   Conventionally, Unix shell accounts are accessed by providing a username and password to a login program, which tests these values for correctness using the /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow files. Password-based login is vulnerable to guessing of weak passwords, and to sniffing and man-in-the-middle attacks against passwords entered over a network or at an insecure console. Therefore, mechanisms for accessing accounts by entering usernames and passwords should be restricted to those which are operationally necessary.

Group   Restrict Root Logins   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   Direct root logins should be allowed only for emergency use. In normal situations, the administrator should access the system via a unique unprivileged account, and then use su or sudo to execute privileged commands. Discouraging administrators from accessing the root account directly ensures an audit trail in organizations with multiple administrators. Locking down the channels through which root can connect directly also reduces opportunities for password-guessing against the root account. The login program uses the file /etc/securetty to determine which interfaces should allow root logins. The virtual devices /dev/console and /dev/tty* represent the system consoles (accessible via the Ctrl-Alt-F1 through Ctrl-Alt-F6 keyboard sequences on a default installation). The default securetty file also contains /dev/vc/*. These are likely to be deprecated in most environments, but may be retained for compatibility. Root should also be prohibited from connecting via network protocols. Other sections of this document include guidance describing how to prevent root from logging in via SSH.

Rule   Root Path Must Be Vendor Default   [ref]

Assuming root shell is bash, edit the following files: 

~/.profile
~/.bashrc
Change any PATH variables to the vendor default for root and remove any empty PATH entries or references to relative paths.

Rationale:

The root account's executable search path must be the vendor default, and must contain only absolute paths.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SA-8

Rule   Ensure that System Accounts Do Not Run a Shell Upon Login   [ref]

Some accounts are not associated with a human user of the system, and exist to perform some administrative function. Should an attacker be able to log into these accounts, they should not be granted access to a shell.

The login shell for each local account is stored in the last field of each line in /etc/passwd. System accounts are those user accounts with a user ID less than UID_MIN, where value of UID_MIN directive is set in /etc/login.defs configuration file. In the default configuration UID_MIN is set to 1000, thus system accounts are those user accounts with a user ID less than 1000. The user ID is stored in the third field. If any system account SYSACCT (other than root) has a login shell, disable it with the command: 

$ sudo usermod -s /sbin/nologin SYSACCT

Warning:  Do not perform the steps in this section on the root account. Doing so might cause the system to become inaccessible.
Rationale:

Ensuring shells are not given to system accounts upon login makes it more difficult for attackers to make use of system accounts.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000178, 5.4.2, AC-2

Rule   Direct root Logins Not Allowed   [ref]

To further limit access to the root account, administrators can disable root logins at the console by editing the /etc/securetty file. This file lists all devices the root user is allowed to login to. If the file does not exist at all, the root user can login through any communication device on the system, whether via the console or via a raw network interface. This is dangerous as user can login to the system as root via Telnet, which sends the password in plain text over the network. By default, Red Hat Enteprise Linux's /etc/securetty file only allows the root user to login at the console physically attached to the system. To prevent root from logging in, remove the contents of this file. To prevent direct root logins, remove the contents of this file by typing the following command: 

$ sudo echo > /etc/securetty

Rationale:

Disabling direct root logins ensures proper accountability and multifactor authentication to privileged accounts. Users will first login, then escalate to privileged (root) access via su / sudo. This is required for FISMA Low and FISMA Moderate systems.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  5.5, 3.1.1, 3.1.6, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), IA-2(1)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

echo > /etc/securetty
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: "Direct root Logins Not Allowed"
  shell: echo > /etc/securetty
  tags:
    - no_direct_root_logins
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-IA-2(1)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.6

Rule   Verify Only Root Has UID 0   [ref]

If any account other than root has a UID of 0, this misconfiguration should be investigated and the accounts other than root should be removed or have their UID changed.
If the account is associated with system commands or applications the UID should be changed to one greater than "0" but less than "1000." Otherwise assign a UID greater than "1000" that has not already been assigned.

Rationale:

An account has root authority if it has a UID of 0. Multiple accounts with a UID of 0 afford more opportunity for potential intruders to guess a password for a privileged account. Proper configuration of sudo is recommended to afford multiple system administrators access to root privileges in an accountable manner.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50301r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 6.2.5, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, CCI-000366, AC-6, IA-2(1), IA-4, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

awk -F: '$3 == 0 && $1 != "root" { print $1 }' /etc/passwd | xargs passwd -l
Group   Verify Proper Storage and Existence of Password Hashes   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   By default, password hashes for local accounts are stored in the second field (colon-separated) in /etc/shadow. This file should be readable only by processes running with root credentials, preventing users from casually accessing others' password hashes and attempting to crack them. However, it remains possible to misconfigure the system and store password hashes in world-readable files such as /etc/passwd, or to even store passwords themselves in plaintext on the system. Using system-provided tools for password change/creation should allow administrators to avoid such misconfiguration.

Rule   All GIDs referenced in /etc/passwd must be defined in /etc/group   [ref]

Add a group to the system for each GID referenced without a corresponding group.

Rationale:

If a user is assigned the Group Identifier (GID) of a group not existing on the system, and a group with the Gruop Identifier (GID) is subsequently created, the user may have unintended rights to any files associated with the group.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50482r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000366, 5.5.2, CCI-000764, IA-2, Req-8.5.a, SRG-OS-000104-GPOS-00051

Rule   Verify No netrc Files Exist   [ref]

The .netrc files contain login information used to auto-login into FTP servers and reside in the user's home directory. These files may contain unencrypted passwords to remote FTP servers making them susceptible to access by unauthorized users and should not be used. Any .netrc files should be removed.

Rationale:

Unencrypted passwords for remote FTP servers may be stored in .netrc files. DoD policy requires passwords be encrypted in storage and not used in access scripts.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50420r2_rule, SRG-OS-000073, CCI-000196, IA-5(h), AC-3

Rule   Prevent Log In to Accounts With Empty Password   [ref]

If an account is configured for password authentication but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log into the account without authentication. Remove any instances of the nullok option in /etc/pam.d/system-auth to prevent logins with empty passwords.

Rationale:

If an account has an empty password, anyone could log in and run commands with the privileges of that account. Accounts with empty passwords should never be used in operational environments.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50298r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 5.5.2, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), AC-6, IA-5(b), IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), Req-8.2.3, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

sed --follow-symlinks -i 's/\<nullok\>//g' /etc/pam.d/system-auth
sed --follow-symlinks -i 's/\<nullok\>//g' /etc/pam.d/password-auth
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Strategy:configure
- name: "Prevent Log In to Accounts With Empty Password - system-auth"
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/system-auth
    follow: yes
    regexp: 'nullok'
  tags:
    - no_empty_passwords
    - high_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.5
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - CJIS-5.5.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000030

- name: "Prevent Log In to Accounts With Empty Password - password-auth"
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/password-auth
    follow: yes
    regexp: 'nullok'
  tags:
    - no_empty_passwords
    - high_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(a)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.5
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.3
    - CJIS-5.5.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000030
Group   Set Password Expiration Parameters   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   The file /etc/login.defs controls several password-related settings. Programs such as passwd, su, and login consult /etc/login.defs to determine behavior with regard to password aging, expiration warnings, and length. See the man page login.defs(5) for more information.

Users should be forced to change their passwords, in order to decrease the utility of compromised passwords. However, the need to change passwords often should be balanced against the risk that users will reuse or write down passwords if forced to change them too often. Forcing password changes every 90-360 days, depending on the environment, is recommended. Set the appropriate value as PASS_MAX_DAYS and apply it to existing accounts with the -M flag.

The PASS_MIN_DAYS (-m) setting prevents password changes for 7 days after the first change, to discourage password cycling. If you use this setting, train users to contact an administrator for an emergency password change in case a new password becomes compromised. The PASS_WARN_AGE (-W) setting gives users 7 days of warnings at login time that their passwords are about to expire.

For example, for each existing human user USER, expiration parameters could be adjusted to a 180 day maximum password age, 7 day minimum password age, and 7 day warning period with the following command: 

$ sudo chage -M 180 -m 7 -W 7 USER

Group   Set Account Expiration Parameters   Group contains 2 rules
Group   Protect Accounts by Configuring PAM   Group contains 1 group and 2 rules

[ref]   PAM, or Pluggable Authentication Modules, is a system which implements modular authentication for Linux programs. PAM provides a flexible and configurable architecture for authentication, and it should be configured to minimize exposure to unnecessary risk. This section contains guidance on how to accomplish that.

PAM is implemented as a set of shared objects which are loaded and invoked whenever an application wishes to authenticate a user. Typically, the application must be running as root in order to take advantage of PAM, because PAM's modules often need to be able to access sensitive stores of account information, such as /etc/shadow. Traditional privileged network listeners (e.g. sshd) or SUID programs (e.g. sudo) already meet this requirement. An SUID root application, userhelper, is provided so that programs which are not SUID or privileged themselves can still take advantage of PAM.

PAM looks in the directory /etc/pam.d for application-specific configuration information. For instance, if the program login attempts to authenticate a user, then PAM's libraries follow the instructions in the file /etc/pam.d/login to determine what actions should be taken.

One very important file in /etc/pam.d is /etc/pam.d/system-auth. This file, which is included by many other PAM configuration files, defines 'default' system authentication measures. Modifying this file is a good way to make far-reaching authentication changes, for instance when implementing a centralized authentication service.

Warning:  Be careful when making changes to PAM's configuration files. The syntax for these files is complex, and modifications can have unexpected consequences. The default configurations shipped with applications should be sufficient for most users.
Warning:  Running authconfig or system-config-authentication will re-write the PAM configuration files, destroying any manually made changes and replacing them with a series of system defaults. One reference to the configuration file syntax can be found at http://www.linux-pam.org/Linux-PAM-html/sag-configuration-file.html.
Group   Set Lockouts for Failed Password Attempts   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The pam_faillock PAM module provides the capability to lock out user accounts after a number of failed login attempts. Its documentation is available in /usr/share/doc/pam-VERSION/txts/README.pam_faillock.

Warning:  Locking out user accounts presents the risk of a denial-of-service attack. The lockout policy must weigh whether the risk of such a denial-of-service attack outweighs the benefits of thwarting password guessing attacks.

Rule   Set Deny For Failed Password Attempts   [ref]

To configure the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect login attempts using pam_faillock.so, modify the content of both /etc/pam.d/system-auth and /etc/pam.d/password-auth as follows:

  • add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section: 
    auth required pam_faillock.so preauth silent deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • add the following line immediately after the pam_unix.so statement in the AUTH section: 
    auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail deny=3 unlock_time=never fail_interval=900
  • add the following line immediately before the pam_unix.so statement in the ACCOUNT section: 
    account required pam_faillock.so

Rationale:

Locking out user accounts after a number of incorrect attempts prevents direct password guessing attacks.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50374r4_rule, SRG-OS-000021, AC-7(a), CCI-000044, 5.3.2, 5.5.3, 3.1.8, CCI-002238, AC-7(b), Req-8.1.6, SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny="3"
function include_set_faillock_option {
	:
}

function insert_preauth {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth required pam_faillock.so preauth present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+preauth.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*required.*pam_faillock.so.*preauth.*silent.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth required pam_faillock.so preauth is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/i auth        required      pam_faillock.so preauth silent $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_authfail {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	# is auth default pam_faillock.so authfail present?
	if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		# is the option set?
		if grep -qE "^\s*auth\s+(\[default=die\])\s+pam_faillock\.so\s+authfail.*$option=([0-9]*).*$" "$pam_file" ; then
			# just change the value of option to a correct value
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*\)\($option *= *\).*/\1\2$value/" "$pam_file"
		# the option is not set.
		else
			# append the option
			sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*[default=die].*pam_faillock.so.*authfail.*/ s/$/ $option=$value/" "$pam_file"
		fi
	# auth default pam_faillock.so authfail is not present, insert the whole line
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^auth.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*/a auth        [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail $option=$value" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function insert_account {
	local pam_file="$1"
	if ! grep -qE "^\s*account\s+required\s+pam_faillock\.so.*$" "$pam_file" ; then
		sed -E -i --follow-symlinks "/^\s*account\s*required\s*pam_unix.so/i account     required      pam_faillock.so" "$pam_file"
	fi
}

function set_faillock_option {
	local pam_file="$1"
	local option="$2"
	local value="$3"
	insert_preauth "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_authfail "$pam_file" "$option" "$value"
	insert_account "$pam_file"
}

include_set_faillock_option

AUTH_FILES[0]="/etc/pam.d/system-auth"
AUTH_FILES[1]="/etc/pam.d/password-auth"

for pam_file in "${AUTH_FILES[@]}"
do
	set_faillock_option "$pam_file" "deny" "$var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny"
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny: !!str |-
        3
  tags:
    - always
- name: XCCDF Value var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time: !!str |-
        never
  tags:
    - always
- name: XCCDF Value var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval: !!str |-
        900
  tags:
    - always

- name: set auth pam_faillock before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: system-auth
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: 'preauth
        silent
        deny: {{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny }}
        unlock_time={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time }}
        fail_interval={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval }}'
    state: before
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - CJIS-5.5.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000061

- name: set auth pam_faillock after pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: system-auth
    type: auth
    control: sufficient
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: auth
    new_control: '[default=die]'
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    module_arguments: 'preauth
        silent
        deny: {{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny }}
        unlock_time={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time }}
        fail_interval={{ var_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_fail_interval }}'
    state: after
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - CJIS-5.5.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000061

- name: set account pam_faillock before pam_unix.so
  pamd:
    name: system-auth
    type: account
    control: required
    module_path: pam_unix.so
    new_type: account
    new_control: required
    new_module_path: pam_faillock.so
    state: before
  tags:
    - accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-7(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.6
    - CJIS-5.5.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000061

Rule   Limit Password Reuse   [ref]

Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords. This can be accomplished by using the remember option for the pam_unix or pam_pwhistory PAM modules.

In the file /etc/pam.d/system-auth, append remember=5 to the line which refers to the pam_unix.so or pam_pwhistory.somodule, as shown below:

  • for the pam_unix.so case: 
    password sufficient pam_unix.so ...existing_options... remember=5
  • for the pam_pwhistory.so case: 
    password requisite pam_pwhistory.so ...existing_options... remember=5
The DoD STIG requirement is 5 passwords.

Rationale:

Preventing re-use of previous passwords helps ensure that a compromised password is not re-used by a user.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50459r5_rule, SRG-OS-000077, 5.3.3, 5.6.2.1.1, 3.5.8, CCI-000200, IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(e), Req-8.2.5, SRG-OS-000077-GPOS-00045

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_password_pam_unix_remember="5"

AUTH_FILES[0]="/etc/pam.d/system-auth"
AUTH_FILES[1]="/etc/pam.d/password-auth"

for pamFile in "${AUTH_FILES[@]}"
do
	if grep -q "remember=" $pamFile; then
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "s/\(^password.*sufficient.*pam_unix.so.*\)\(\(remember *= *\)[^ $]*\)/\1remember=$var_password_pam_unix_remember/" $pamFile
	else
		sed -i --follow-symlinks "/^password[[:space:]]\+sufficient[[:space:]]\+pam_unix.so/ s/$/ remember=$var_password_pam_unix_remember/" $pamFile
	fi
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_password_pam_unix_remember # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_password_pam_unix_remember: !!str |-
        5
  tags:
    - always

- name: "Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords - system-auth (change)"
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/system-auth
    follow: yes
    regexp: '^(password\s+sufficient\s+pam_unix\.so\s.*remember\s*=\s*)(\S+)(.*)$'
    replace: '\g<1>{{ var_password_pam_unix_remember }}\g<3>'
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_unix_remember
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(f)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(e)
    - NIST-800-171-3.5.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.5
    - CJIS-5.6.2.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000274

- name: "Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords - system-auth (add)"
  replace:
    dest: /etc/pam.d/system-auth
    follow: yes
    regexp: '^password\s+sufficient\s+pam_unix\.so\s(?!.*remember\s*=\s*).*$'
    replace: '\g<0> remember={{ var_password_pam_unix_remember }}'
  tags:
    - accounts_password_pam_unix_remember
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(f)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(e)
    - NIST-800-171-3.5.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.2.5
    - CJIS-5.6.2.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000274
Group   System Accounting with auditd   Group contains 8 groups and 23 rules

[ref]   The audit service provides substantial capabilities for recording system activities. By default, the service audits about SELinux AVC denials and certain types of security-relevant events such as system logins, account modifications, and authentication events performed by programs such as sudo. Under its default configuration, auditd has modest disk space requirements, and should not noticeably impact system performance.

NOTE: The Linux Audit daemon auditd can be configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules files (*.rules) located in /etc/audit/rules.d location and compile them to create the resulting form of the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during the daemon startup (default configuration). Alternatively, the auditd daemon can use the auditctl utility to read audit rules from the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during daemon startup, and load them into the kernel. The expected behavior is configured via the appropriate ExecStartPost directive setting in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. To instruct the auditd daemon to use the augenrules program to read audit rules (default configuration), use the following setting: 

ExecStartPost=-/sbin/augenrules --load
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. In order to instruct the auditd daemon to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules, use the following setting: 
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/auditctl -R /etc/audit/audit.rules
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file. Refer to [Service] section of the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file for further details.

Government networks often have substantial auditing requirements and auditd can be configured to meet these requirements. Examining some example audit records demonstrates how the Linux audit system satisfies common requirements. The following example from Fedora Documentation available at https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/SELinux_Users_and_Administrators_Guide/sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Troubleshooting-Fixing_Problems.html#sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Fixing_Problems-Raw_Audit_Messages shows the substantial amount of information captured in a two typical "raw" audit messages, followed by a breakdown of the most important fields. In this example the message is SELinux-related and reports an AVC denial (and the associated system call) that occurred when the Apache HTTP Server attempted to access the /var/www/html/file1 file (labeled with the samba_share_t type): 
type=AVC msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): avc:  denied  { getattr } for pid=2465 comm="httpd"
path="/var/www/html/file1" dev=dm-0 ino=284133 scontext=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0
tcontext=unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0 tclass=file

type=SYSCALL msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): arch=40000003 syscall=196 success=no exit=-13
a0=b98df198 a1=bfec85dc a2=54dff4 a3=2008171 items=0 ppid=2463 pid=2465 auid=502 uid=48
gid=48 euid=48 suid=48 fsuid=48 egid=48 sgid=48 fsgid=48 tty=(none) ses=6 comm="httpd"
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" subj=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0 key=(null)
  • msg=audit(1226874073.147:96)
    • The number in parentheses is the unformatted time stamp (Epoch time) for the event, which can be converted to standard time by using the date command.
  • { getattr }
    • The item in braces indicates the permission that was denied. getattr indicates the source process was trying to read the target file's status information. This occurs before reading files. This action is denied due to the file being accessed having the wrong label. Commonly seen permissions include getattr, read, and write.
  • comm="httpd"
    • The executable that launched the process. The full path of the executable is found in the exe= section of the system call (SYSCALL) message, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd".
  • path="/var/www/html/file1"
    • The path to the object (target) the process attempted to access.
  • scontext="unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0"
    • The SELinux context of the process that attempted the denied action. In this case, it is the SELinux context of the Apache HTTP Server, which is running in the httpd_t domain.
  • tcontext="unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0"
    • The SELinux context of the object (target) the process attempted to access. In this case, it is the SELinux context of file1. Note: the samba_share_t type is not accessible to processes running in the httpd_t domain.
  • From the system call (SYSCALL) message, two items are of interest:
    • success=no: indicates whether the denial (AVC) was enforced or not. success=no indicates the system call was not successful (SELinux denied access). success=yes indicates the system call was successful - this can be seen for permissive domains or unconfined domains, such as initrc_t and kernel_t.
    • exe="/usr/sbin/httpd": the full path to the executable that launched the process, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd".

Group   Configure auditd Rules for Comprehensive Auditing   Group contains 6 groups and 16 rules

[ref]   The auditd program can perform comprehensive monitoring of system activity. This section describes recommended configuration settings for comprehensive auditing, but a full description of the auditing system's capabilities is beyond the scope of this guide. The mailing list linux-audit@redhat.com exists to facilitate community discussion of the auditing system.

The audit subsystem supports extensive collection of events, including:

  • Tracing of arbitrary system calls (identified by name or number) on entry or exit.
  • Filtering by PID, UID, call success, system call argument (with some limitations), etc.
  • Monitoring of specific files for modifications to the file's contents or metadata.

Auditing rules at startup are controlled by the file /etc/audit/audit.rules. Add rules to it to meet the auditing requirements for your organization. Each line in /etc/audit/audit.rules represents a series of arguments that can be passed to auditctl and can be individually tested during runtime. See documentation in /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION and in the related man pages for more details.

If copying any example audit rulesets from /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION, be sure to comment out the lines containing arch= which are not appropriate for your system's architecture. Then review and understand the following rules, ensuring rules are activated as needed for the appropriate architecture.

After reviewing all the rules, reading the following sections, and editing as needed, the new rules can be activated as follows: 
$ sudo service auditd restart

Group   Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events   Group contains 1 rule
Group   Records Events that Modify Date and Time Information   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time. All changes to the system time should be audited.

Rule   Record attempts to alter time through settimeofday   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d: 

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50323r3_rule, SRG-OS-000062, AC-3(10), 5.2.4, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.4.2.b

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}


# Function to perform remediation for the 'adjtimex', 'settimeofday', and 'stime' audit
# system calls on RHEL, Fedora or OL systems.
# Remediation performed for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'.
#
# Note: 'stime' system call isn't known at 64-bit arch (see "$ ausyscall x86_64 stime" 's output)
# therefore excluded from the list of time group system calls to be audited on this arch
#
# Example Call:
#
#      perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation
#
function perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation {

# Retrieve hardware architecture of the underlying system
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = "32" ] && RULE_ARCHS=("b32") || RULE_ARCHS=("b32" "b64")

for ARCH in "${RULE_ARCHS[@]}"
do

	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S .* -k *"
	# Create expected audit group and audit rule form for particular system call & architecture
	if [ ${ARCH} = "b32" ]
	then
		# stime system call is known at 32-bit arch (see e.g "$ ausyscall i386 stime" 's output)
		# so append it to the list of time group system calls to be audited
		GROUP="\(adjtimex\|settimeofday\|stime\)"
		FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S adjtimex -S settimeofday -S stime -k audit_time_rules"
	elif [ ${ARCH} = "b64" ]
	then
		# stime system call isn't known at 64-bit arch (see "$ ausyscall x86_64 stime" 's output)
		# therefore don't add it to the list of time group system calls to be audited
		GROUP="\(adjtimex\|settimeofday\)"
		FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S adjtimex -S settimeofday -k audit_time_rules"
	fi
	# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "augenrules" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
done

}

perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation

Rule   Record Attempts to Alter the localtime File   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d: 

-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file: 
-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport and should always be used.

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50331r2_rule, SRG-OS-000062, AC-3(10), AU-12(c), 5.2.4, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(b), IR-5, Req-10.4.2.b

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"

Rule   Record attempts to alter time through adjtimex   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d: 

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SRG-OS-000062, AC-3(10), 5.2.4, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.4.2.b

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}


# Function to perform remediation for the 'adjtimex', 'settimeofday', and 'stime' audit
# system calls on RHEL, Fedora or OL systems.
# Remediation performed for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'.
#
# Note: 'stime' system call isn't known at 64-bit arch (see "$ ausyscall x86_64 stime" 's output)
# therefore excluded from the list of time group system calls to be audited on this arch
#
# Example Call:
#
#      perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation
#
function perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation {

# Retrieve hardware architecture of the underlying system
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = "32" ] && RULE_ARCHS=("b32") || RULE_ARCHS=("b32" "b64")

for ARCH in "${RULE_ARCHS[@]}"
do

	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S .* -k *"
	# Create expected audit group and audit rule form for particular system call & architecture
	if [ ${ARCH} = "b32" ]
	then
		# stime system call is known at 32-bit arch (see e.g "$ ausyscall i386 stime" 's output)
		# so append it to the list of time group system calls to be audited
		GROUP="\(adjtimex\|settimeofday\|stime\)"
		FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S adjtimex -S settimeofday -S stime -k audit_time_rules"
	elif [ ${ARCH} = "b64" ]
	then
		# stime system call isn't known at 64-bit arch (see "$ ausyscall x86_64 stime" 's output)
		# therefore don't add it to the list of time group system calls to be audited
		GROUP="\(adjtimex\|settimeofday\)"
		FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S adjtimex -S settimeofday -k audit_time_rules"
	fi
	# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "augenrules" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
done

}

perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation

Rule   Record Attempts to Alter Time Through stime   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems: 

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined system calls: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules

Rationale:

Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes to the system time should be audited.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50326r4_rule, SRG-OS-000062, AC-3(10), 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-001487, CCI-000169, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.4.2.b

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}


# Function to perform remediation for the 'adjtimex', 'settimeofday', and 'stime' audit
# system calls on RHEL, Fedora or OL systems.
# Remediation performed for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'.
#
# Note: 'stime' system call isn't known at 64-bit arch (see "$ ausyscall x86_64 stime" 's output)
# therefore excluded from the list of time group system calls to be audited on this arch
#
# Example Call:
#
#      perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation
#
function perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation {

# Retrieve hardware architecture of the underlying system
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = "32" ] && RULE_ARCHS=("b32") || RULE_ARCHS=("b32" "b64")

for ARCH in "${RULE_ARCHS[@]}"
do

	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S .* -k *"
	# Create expected audit group and audit rule form for particular system call & architecture
	if [ ${ARCH} = "b32" ]
	then
		# stime system call is known at 32-bit arch (see e.g "$ ausyscall i386 stime" 's output)
		# so append it to the list of time group system calls to be audited
		GROUP="\(adjtimex\|settimeofday\|stime\)"
		FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S adjtimex -S settimeofday -S stime -k audit_time_rules"
	elif [ ${ARCH} = "b64" ]
	then
		# stime system call isn't known at 64-bit arch (see "$ ausyscall x86_64 stime" 's output)
		# therefore don't add it to the list of time group system calls to be audited
		GROUP="\(adjtimex\|settimeofday\)"
		FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=${ARCH} -S adjtimex -S settimeofday -k audit_time_rules"
	fi
	# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "augenrules" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
done

}

perform_audit_adjtimex_settimeofday_stime_remediation
Group   Record Information on the Use of Privileged Commands   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root.

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands   [ref]

At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. To find the relevant setuid / setgid programs, run the following command for each local partition PART: 

$ sudo find PART -xdev -type f -perm -4000 -o -type f -perm -2000 2>/dev/null
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d for each setuid / setgid program on the system, replacing the SETUID_PROG_PATH part with the full path of that setuid / setgid program in the list: 
-a always,exit -F path=SETUID_PROG_PATH -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules for each setuid / setgid program on the system, replacing the SETUID_PROG_PATH part with the full path of that setuid / setgid program in the list: 
-a always,exit -F path=SETUID_PROG_PATH -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=privileged

Warning:  This rule checks for multiple syscalls related to privileged commands; it was written with DISA STIG in mind. Other policies should use a separate rule for each syscall that needs to be checked. For example:
  • audit_rules_privileged_commands_su
  • audit_rules_privileged_commands_umount
  • audit_rules_privileged_commands_passwd
Rationale:

Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts, is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations. Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify the risk from insider and advanced persistent threast.

Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks, which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for unusual activity.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000040, AC-3(10), SRG-OS-000020, SV-50368r4_rule, 5.2.10, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-002234, AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-2(4), AU-6(9), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.2, SRG-OS-000327-GPOS-00127

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation
# Function to perform remediation for 'audit_rules_privileged_commands' rule
#
# Expects two arguments:
#
# audit_tool		tool used to load audit rules
# 			One of 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'
#
# min_auid		Minimum original ID the user logged in with
# 			'500' for RHEL-6 and before, '1000' for RHEL-7 and after.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#      perform_audit_rules_privileged_commands_remediation "auditctl" "500"
#      perform_audit_rules_privileged_commands_remediation "augenrules"	"1000"
#
function perform_audit_rules_privileged_commands_remediation {
#
# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local min_auid="$2"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "2" ]
then
	echo "Usage: perform_audit_rules_privileged_commands_remediation 'auditctl | augenrules' '500 | 1000'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

declare -a files_to_inspect=()

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then:
# * add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'to the list of files to be inspected,
# * specify '/etc/audit/audit.rules' as the output audit file, where
#   missing rules should be inserted
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("/etc/audit/audit.rules")
	output_audit_file="/etc/audit/audit.rules"
#
# If the audit tool is 'augenrules', then:
# * add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list of files to be inspected
#   (split by newline),
# * specify /etc/audit/rules.d/privileged.rules' as the output file, where
#   missing rules should be inserted
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	IFS=$'\n' files_to_inspect=($(find /etc/audit/rules.d -maxdepth 1 -type f -name '*.rules' -print))
	output_audit_file="/etc/audit/rules.d/privileged.rules"
fi

# Obtain the list of SUID/SGID binaries on the particular system (split by newline)
# into privileged_binaries array
IFS=$'\n' privileged_binaries=($(find / -xdev -type f -perm -4000 -o -type f -perm -2000 2>/dev/null))

# Keep list of SUID/SGID binaries that have been already handled within some previous iteration
declare -a sbinaries_to_skip=()

# For each found sbinary in privileged_binaries list
for sbinary in "${privileged_binaries[@]}"
do

	# Check if this sbinary wasn't already handled in some of the previous iterations
	# Return match only if whole sbinary definition matched (not in the case just prefix matched!!!)
	if [[ $(sed -ne "\|${sbinary}|p" <<< "${sbinaries_to_skip[*]}") ]]
	then
		# If so, don't process it second time & go to process next sbinary
		continue
	fi

	# Reset the counter of inspected files when starting to check
	# presence of existing audit rule for new sbinary
	local count_of_inspected_files=0

	# Define expected rule form for this binary
	expected_rule="-a always,exit -F path=${sbinary} -F perm=x -F auid>=${min_auid} -F auid!=unset -k privileged"

	# If list of audit rules files to be inspected is empty, just add new rule and move on to next binary
	if [[ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq 0 ]]; then
		echo "$expected_rule" >> "$output_audit_file"
		continue
	fi

	# Replace possible slash '/' character in sbinary definition so we could use it in sed expressions below
	sbinary_esc=${sbinary//$'/'/$'\/'}

	# For each audit rules file from the list of files to be inspected
	for afile in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
	do

		# Search current audit rules file's content for match. Match criteria:
		# * existing rule is for the same SUID/SGID binary we are currently processing (but
		#   can contain multiple -F path= elements covering multiple SUID/SGID binaries)
		# * existing rule contains all arguments from expected rule form (though can contain
		#   them in arbitrary order)
	
		base_search=$(sed -e '/-a always,exit/!d' -e '/-F path='"${sbinary_esc}"'/!d'		\
				-e '/-F path=[^[:space:]]\+/!d'   -e '/-F perm=.*/!d'						\
				-e '/-F auid>='"${min_auid}"'/!d' -e '/-F auid!=\(?:4294967295\|unset\)/!d'	\
				-e '/-k privileged/!d' "$afile")

		# Increase the count of inspected files for this sbinary
		count_of_inspected_files=$((count_of_inspected_files + 1))

		# Require execute access type to be set for existing audit rule
		exec_access='x'

		# Search current audit rules file's content for presence of rule pattern for this sbinary
		if [[ $base_search ]]
		then

			# Current audit rules file already contains rule for this binary =>
			# Store the exact form of found rule for this binary for further processing
			concrete_rule=$base_search

			# Select all other SUID/SGID binaries possibly also present in the found rule
			IFS=$'\n' handled_sbinaries=($(grep -o -e "-F path=[^[:space:]]\+" <<< "$concrete_rule"))
			IFS=$' ' handled_sbinaries=(${handled_sbinaries[@]//-F path=/})

			# Merge the list of such SUID/SGID binaries found in this iteration with global list ignoring duplicates
			sbinaries_to_skip=($(for i in "${sbinaries_to_skip[@]}" "${handled_sbinaries[@]}"; do echo "$i"; done | sort -du))

			# Separate concrete_rule into three sections using hash '#'
			# sign as a delimiter around rule's permission section borders
			concrete_rule="$(echo "$concrete_rule" | sed -n "s/\(.*\)\+\(-F perm=[rwax]\+\)\+/\1#\2#/p")"

			# Split concrete_rule into head, perm, and tail sections using hash '#' delimiter
			IFS=$'#' read -r rule_head rule_perm rule_tail <<<  "$concrete_rule"

			# Extract already present exact access type [r|w|x|a] from rule's permission section
			access_type=${rule_perm//-F perm=/}

			# Verify current permission access type(s) for rule contain 'x' (execute) permission
			if ! grep -q "$exec_access" <<< "$access_type"
			then

				# If not, append the 'x' (execute) permission to the existing access type bits
				access_type="$access_type$exec_access"
				# Reconstruct the permissions section for the rule
				new_rule_perm="-F perm=$access_type"
				# Update existing rule in current audit rules file with the new permission section
				sed -i "s#${rule_head}\(.*\)${rule_tail}#${rule_head}${new_rule_perm}${rule_tail}#" "$afile"

			fi

		# If the required audit rule for particular sbinary wasn't found yet, insert it under following conditions:
		#
		# * in the "auditctl" mode of operation insert particular rule each time
		#   (because in this mode there's only one file -- /etc/audit/audit.rules to be inspected for presence of this rule),
		#
		# * in the "augenrules" mode of operation insert particular rule only once and only in case we have already
		#   searched all of the files from /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules location (since that audit rule can be defined
		#   in any of those files and if not, we want it to be inserted only once into /etc/audit/rules.d/privileged.rules file)
		#
		elif [ "$tool" == "auditctl" ] || [[ "$tool" == "augenrules" && $count_of_inspected_files -eq "${#files_to_inspect[@]}" ]]
		then

			# Current audit rules file's content doesn't contain expected rule for this
			# SUID/SGID binary yet => append it
			echo "$expected_rule" >> "$output_audit_file"
			continue
		fi

	done

done
}

perform_audit_rules_privileged_commands_remediation "auditctl" "500"
perform_audit_rules_privileged_commands_remediation "augenrules" "500"
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict

- name: Search for privileged commands
  shell: "find / -xdev -type f -perm -4000 -o -type f -perm -2000 2>/dev/null | cat"
  check_mode: no
  register: find_result
  tags:
    - audit_rules_privileged_commands
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(10)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(7)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000198

# Inserts/replaces the rule in /etc/audit/rules.d

- name: Search /etc/audit/rules.d for audit rule entries
  find:
    paths: "/etc/audit/rules.d"
    recurse: no
    contains: "^.*path={{ item }} .*$"
    patterns: "*.rules"
  with_items:
    - "{{ find_result.stdout_lines }}"
  register: files_result
  tags:
    - audit_rules_privileged_commands
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(10)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(7)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000198
  
- name: Overwrites the rule in rules.d
  lineinfile:
    path: "{{ item.1.path }}"
    line: '-a always,exit -F path={{ item.0.item }} -F perm=x -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=privileged'
    create: no
    regexp: "^.*path={{ item.0.item }} .*$"
  with_subelements:
    - "{{ files_result.results }}"
    - files
  tags:
    - audit_rules_privileged_commands
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(10)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(7)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000198
    
- name: Adds the rule in rules.d
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/audit/rules.d/privileged.rules
    line: '-a always,exit -F path={{ item.item }} -F perm=x -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=privileged'
    create: yes
  with_items:
    - "{{ files_result.results }}"
  when: item.matched == 0
  tags:
    - audit_rules_privileged_commands
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(10)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(7)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000198
  
# Adds/overwrites the rule in /etc/audit/audit.rules

- name: Inserts/replaces the rule in audit.rules
  lineinfile:
    path: /etc/audit/audit.rules
    line: '-a always,exit -F path={{ item.item }} -F perm=x -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=privileged'
    create: yes
    regexp: "^.*path={{ item.item }} .*$"
  with_items:
    - "{{ files_result.results }}"
  tags:
    - audit_rules_privileged_commands
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(10)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(7)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(4)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-6(9)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.2.2
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000198
Group   Record Information on Kernel Modules Loading and Unloading   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use following lines, setting ARCH to either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit: 

-w /usr/sbin/insmod -p x -k modules
-w /usr/sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules
-w /usr/sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module,delete_module -F key=modules
Place to add the lines depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the lines to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading and Unloading   [ref]

To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use following lines, setting ARCH to either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit: 

-w /usr/sbin/insmod -p x -k modules
-w /usr/sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules
-w /usr/sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules

-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module,delete_module -F key=modules
The place to add the lines depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the lines to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.

Warning:  This rule checks for multiple syscalls related to kernel module loading and unloading; it was written with DISA STIG in mind. Other policies should use a separate rule for each syscall that needs to be checked. For example:
  • audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_insmod
  • audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_rmmod
  • audit_rules_kernel_module_loading_modprobe
Rationale:

The addition/removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000126, AC-3(10), SRG-OS-000064, SV-50381r2_rule, 5.2.17, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-000172, AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.7

Group   Record File Deletion Events by User   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 

-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=delete

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User   [ref]

At a minimum the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 

-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=delete

Warning:  This rule checks for multiple syscalls related to file deletion; it was written with DISA STIG in mind. Other policies should use a separate rule for each syscall that needs to be checked. For example:
  • audit_rules_file_deletion_events_rmdir
  • audit_rules_file_deletion_events_unlink
  • audit_rules_file_deletion_events_unlinkat
Rationale:

Auditing file deletions will create an audit trail for files that are removed from the system. The audit trail could aid in system troubleshooting, as well as, detecting malicious processes that attempt to delete log files to conceal their presence.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000126, SRG-OS-000064, SV-50376r4_rule, 5.2.14, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-000366, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation for the syscall rule
# Retrieve hardware architecture of the underlying system
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = "32" ] && RULE_ARCHS=("b32") || RULE_ARCHS=("b32" "b64")

for ARCH in ${RULE_ARCHS[@]}
do
	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S .* -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k delete"
	# Use escaped BRE regex to specify rule group
	GROUP="\(rmdir\|unlink\|rename\)"
	FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S rmdir -S unlink -S unlinkat -S rename -S renameat -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k delete"
# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}

	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
done
Group   Record Unauthorized Access Attempts Events to Files (unsuccessful)   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. Note that the "-F arch=b32" lines should be present even on a 64 bit system. These commands identify system calls for auditing. Even if the system is 64 bit it can still execute 32 bit system calls. Additionally, these rules can be configured in a number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. An example of this is that the "-S" calls could be split up and placed on separate lines, however, this is less efficient. Add the following to /etc/audit/audit.rules: 

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
    -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
If your system is 64 bit then these lines should be duplicated and the arch=b32 replaced with arch=b64 as follows: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
    -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects Unauthorized Access Attempts to Files (unsuccessful)   [ref]

At a minimum the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d: 

-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines: 
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=access

Warning:  This rule checks for multiple syscalls related to unsuccessful file modification; it was written with DISA STIG in mind. Other policies should use a separate rule for each syscall that needs to be checked. For example:
  • audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_open
  • audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_ftruncate
  • audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_creat
Rationale:

Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000126, AC-3(10), SRG-OS-000064, SV-50367r2_rule, 5.2.10, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation of the syscall rule
# Retrieve hardware architecture of the underlying system
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = "32" ] && RULE_ARCHS=("b32") || RULE_ARCHS=("b32" "b64")

for ARCH in "${RULE_ARCHS[@]}"
do

	# First fix the -EACCES requirement
	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S .* -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k *"
	# Use escaped BRE regex to specify rule group
	GROUP="\(creat\|open\|truncate\)"
	FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S creat -S open -S openat -S open_by_handle_at -S truncate -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access"
# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}

	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"

	# Then fix the -EPERM requirement
	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S .* -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k *"
	# No need to change content of $GROUP variable - it's the same as for -EACCES case above
	FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S creat -S open -S openat -S open_by_handle_at -S truncate -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=500 -F auid!=4294967295 -k access"
# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}

	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"

done

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects System Administrator Actions   [ref]

At a minimum, the audit system should collect administrator actions for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d: 

-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file: 
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions

Rationale:

The actions taken by system administrators should be audited to keep a record of what was executed on the system, as well as, for accountability purposes.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50379r2_rule, SRG-OS-000064, AC-3(10), 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-000126, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000172, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-2(7)(b), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), iAU-3(1), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.2, Req-10.2.5.b, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/sudoers" "wa" "actions"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/etc/sudoers" "wa" "actions"

Rule   Make the auditd Configuration Immutable   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to make the auditd configuration immutable: 

-e 2
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to make the auditd configuration immutable: 
-e 2
With this setting, a reboot will be required to change any audit rules.

Rationale:

Making the audit configuration immutable prevents accidental as well as malicious modification of the audit rules, although it may be problematic if legitimate changes are needed during system operation

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  4.1.18, 5.4.1.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.3, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(d), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.312(e), AC-6, AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), IR-5, Req-10.5.2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


# Traverse all of:
#
# /etc/audit/audit.rules,			(for auditctl case)
# /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules			(for augenrules case)
#
# files to check if '-e .*' setting is present in that '*.rules' file already.
# If found, delete such occurrence since auditctl(8) manual page instructs the
# '-e 2' rule should be placed as the last rule in the configuration
find /etc/audit /etc/audit/rules.d -maxdepth 1 -type f -name *.rules -exec sed -i '/-e[[:space:]]\+.*/d' {} ';'

# Append '-e 2' requirement at the end of both:
# * /etc/audit/audit.rules file 		(for auditctl case)
# * /etc/audit/rules.d/immutable.rules		(for augenrules case)

for AUDIT_FILE in "/etc/audit/audit.rules" "/etc/audit/rules.d/immutable.rules"
do
	echo '' >> $AUDIT_FILE
	echo '# Set the audit.rules configuration immutable per security requirements' >> $AUDIT_FILE
	echo '# Reboot is required to change audit rules once this setting is applied' >> $AUDIT_FILE
	echo '-e 2' >> $AUDIT_FILE
done

Rule   Record Events that Modify User/Group Information   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, in order to capture events that modify account changes: 

-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify account changes: 
-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification

Warning:  This rule checks for multiple syscalls related to account changes; it was written with DISA STIG in mind. Other policies should use a separate rule for each syscall that needs to be checked. For example:
  • audit_rules_usergroup_modification_group
  • audit_rules_usergroup_modification_gshadow
  • audit_rules_usergroup_modification_passwd
Rationale:

In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50332r2_rule, SRG-OS-000004, SRG-OS-000239, SRG-OS-000240, SRG-OS-000241, AC-3(10), CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-001683, CCI-001684, CCI-001685, CCI-001686, 5.2.5, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-000018, CCI-000172, CCI-001403, CCI-002130, AC-2(4), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.5, SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/group" "wa" "audit_rules_usergroup_modification"
fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/passwd" "wa" "audit_rules_usergroup_modification"
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/gshadow" "wa" "audit_rules_usergroup_modification"
fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/shadow" "wa" "audit_rules_usergroup_modification"
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/security/opasswd" "wa" "audit_rules_usergroup_modification"

Rule   Ensure auditd Collects Information on Exporting to Media (successful)   [ref]

At a minimum, the audit system should collect media exportation events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 

-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=export
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -F key=export

Rationale:

The unauthorized exportation of data to external media could result in an information leak where classified information, Privacy Act information, and intellectual property could be lost. An audit trail should be created each time a filesystem is mounted to help identify and guard against information loss.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50369r3_rule, SRG-OS-000064, AC-3(10), CCI-000126, 5.2.13, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, CCI-000135, CCI-002884, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-3(1), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.7, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation of the syscall rule
# Retrieve hardware architecture of the underlying system
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = "32" ] && RULE_ARCHS=("b32") || RULE_ARCHS=("b32" "b64")

for ARCH in "${RULE_ARCHS[@]}"
do
	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S .* -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -k *"
	GROUP="mount"
	FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -k export"
	# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}

	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "augenrules" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
done

Rule   Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information   [ref]

The audit system already collects process information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information: 

-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information: 
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session

Rationale:

Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  AC-3(10), 5.2.9, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.2.3

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation
# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/var/run/utmp" "wa" "session"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/var/run/utmp" "wa" "session"
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/var/log/btmp" "wa" "session"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/var/log/btmp" "wa" "session"
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/var/log/wtmp" "wa" "session"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/var/log/wtmp" "wa" "session"

Rule   Record Events that Modify the System's Mandatory Access Controls   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d: 

-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file: 
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy

Rationale:

The system's mandatory access policy (SELinux) should not be arbitrarily changed by anything other than administrator action. All changes to MAC policy should be audited.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50342r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, AC-3(10), 5.2.7, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.8, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.5.5

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/selinux/" "wa" "MAC-policy"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/etc/selinux/" "wa" "MAC-policy"

Rule   Record Events that Modify the System's Network Environment   [ref]

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 

-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system: 
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification

Rationale:

The network environment should not be modified by anything other than administrator action. Any change to network parameters should be audited.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50341r4_rule, SRG-OS-999999, AC-3(10), 5.2.6, 5.4.1.1, 3.1.7, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e), AC-17(7), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-12(a), AU-12(c), IR-5, Req-10.5.5

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# First perform the remediation of the syscall rule
# Retrieve hardware architecture of the underlying system
[ $(getconf LONG_BIT) = "32" ] && RULE_ARCHS=("b32") || RULE_ARCHS=("b32" "b64")

for ARCH in "${RULE_ARCHS[@]}"
do
	PATTERN="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S .* -k *"
	# Use escaped BRE regex to specify rule group
	GROUP="set\(host\|domain\)name"
	FULL_RULE="-a always,exit -F arch=$ARCH -S sethostname -S setdomainname -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
	# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix syscall audit rule for given system call. It is
# based on example audit syscall rule definitions as outlined in
# /usr/share/doc/audit-2.3.7/stig.rules file provided with the audit
# package. It will combine multiple system calls belonging to the same
# syscall group into one audit rule (rather than to create audit rule per
# different system call) to avoid audit infrastructure performance penalty
# in the case of 'one-audit-rule-definition-per-one-system-call'. See:
#
#   https://www.redhat.com/archives/linux-audit/2014-November/msg00009.html
#
# for further details.
#
# Expects five arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules
# * audit rules' pattern		audit rule skeleton for same syscall
# * syscall group			greatest common string this rule shares
# 					with other rules from the same group
# * architecture			architecture this rule is intended for
# * full form of new rule to add	expected full form of audit rule as to be
# 					added into audit.rules file
#
# Note: The 2-th up to 4-th arguments are used to determine how many existing
# audit rules will be inspected for resemblance with the new audit rule
# (5-th argument) the function is going to add. The rule's similarity check
# is performed to optimize audit.rules definition (merge syscalls of the same
# group into one rule) to avoid the "single-syscall-per-audit-rule" performance
# penalty.
#
# Example call:
#
#	See e.g. 'audit_rules_file_deletion_events.sh' remediation script
#
function fix_audit_syscall_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local pattern="$2"
local group="$3"
local arch="$4"
local full_rule="$5"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "5" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_syscall_rule 'tool' 'pattern' 'group' 'arch' 'full rule'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
# 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#  Tool used to load audit rules | Rule already defined  |  Audit rules file to inspect    |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        auditctl                |     Doesn't matter    |  /etc/audit/audit.rules         |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#        augenrules              |          Yes          |  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules     |
#        augenrules              |          No           |  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
declare -a files_to_inspect

retval=0

# First check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	return 1
# If audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# file to the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules' )
# If audit tool is 'augenrules', then check if the audit rule is defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to the list for inspection
# If rule isn't defined yet, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to the list for inspection
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Extract audit $key from audit rule so we can use it later
	key=$(expr "$full_rule" : '.*-k[[:space:]]\([^[:space:]]\+\)' '|' "$full_rule" : '.*-F[[:space:]]key=\([^[:space:]]\+\)')
	# Check if particular audit rule is already defined
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(sed -s -n -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d;F" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "${match}")
	done
	# Case when particular rule isn't defined in /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

#
# Indicator that we want to append $full_rule into $audit_file by default
local append_expected_rule=0

for audit_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Filter existing $audit_file rules' definitions to select those that:
	# * follow the rule pattern, and
	# * meet the hardware architecture requirement, and
	# * are current syscall group specific
	IFS=$'\n' existing_rules=($(sed -e "\;${pattern};!d" -e "/${arch}/!d" -e "/${group}/!d"  "$audit_file"))
	if [ $? -ne 0 ]
	then
		retval=1
	fi
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS

	# Process rules found case-by-case
	for rule in "${existing_rules[@]}"
	do
		# Found rule is for same arch & key, but differs (e.g. in count of -S arguments)
		if [ "${rule}" != "${full_rule}" ]
		then
			# If so, isolate just '(-S \w)+' substring of that rule
			rule_syscalls=$(echo $rule | grep -o -P '(-S \w+ )+')
			# Check if list of '-S syscall' arguments of that rule is subset
			# of '-S syscall' list of expected $full_rule
			if grep -q -- "$rule_syscalls" <<< "$full_rule"
			then
				# Rule is covered (i.e. the list of -S syscalls for this rule is
				# subset of -S syscalls of $full_rule => existing rule can be deleted
				# Thus delete the rule from audit.rules & our array
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				existing_rules=("${existing_rules[@]//$rule/}")
			else
				# Rule isn't covered by $full_rule - it besides -S syscall arguments
				# for this group contains also -S syscall arguments for other syscall
				# group. Example: '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' => group='chown'
				# since 'lchown' & 'fchownat' share 'chown' substring
				# Therefore:
				# * 1) delete the original rule from audit.rules
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' rule would be deleted)
				# * 2) delete the -S syscall arguments for this syscall group, but
				# keep those not belonging to this syscall group
				# (original '-S lchown -S fchmod -S fchownat' would become '-S fchmod'
				# * 3) append the modified (filtered) rule again into audit.rules
				# if the same rule not already present
				#
				# 1) Delete the original rule
				sed -i -e "\;${rule};d" "$audit_file"
				if [ $? -ne 0 ]
				then
					retval=1
				fi
				# 2) Delete syscalls for this group, but keep those from other groups
				# Convert current rule syscall's string into array splitting by '-S' delimiter
				IFS=$'-S' read -a rule_syscalls_as_array <<< "$rule_syscalls"
				# Reset IFS back to default
				unset IFS
				# Declare new empty string to hold '-S syscall' arguments from other groups
				new_syscalls_for_rule=''
				# Walk through existing '-S syscall' arguments
				for syscall_arg in "${rule_syscalls_as_array[@]}"
				do
					# Skip empty $syscall_arg values
					if [ "$syscall_arg" == '' ]
					then
						continue
					fi
					# If the '-S syscall' doesn't belong to current group add it to the new list
					# (together with adding '-S' delimiter back for each of such item found)
					if grep -q -v -- "$group" <<< "$syscall_arg"
					then
						new_syscalls_for_rule="$new_syscalls_for_rule -S $syscall_arg"
					fi
				done
				# Replace original '-S syscall' list with the new one for this rule
				updated_rule=${rule//$rule_syscalls/$new_syscalls_for_rule}
				# Squeeze repeated whitespace characters in rule definition (if any) into one
				updated_rule=$(echo "$updated_rule" | tr -s '[:space:]')
				# 3) Append the modified / filtered rule again into audit.rules
				#    (but only in case it's not present yet to prevent duplicate definitions)
				if ! grep -q -- "$updated_rule" "$audit_file"
				then
					echo "$updated_rule" >> "$audit_file"
				fi
			fi
		else
			# $audit_file already contains the expected rule form for this
			# architecture & key => don't insert it second time
			append_expected_rule=1
		fi
	done

	# We deleted all rules that were subset of the expected one for this arch & key.
	# Also isolated rules containing system calls not from this system calls group.
	# Now append the expected rule if it's not present in $audit_file yet
	if [[ ${append_expected_rule} -eq "0" ]]
	then
		echo "$full_rule" >> "$audit_file"
	fi
done

return $retval

}

	fix_audit_syscall_rule "auditctl" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
	fix_audit_syscall_rule "augenrules" "$PATTERN" "$GROUP" "$ARCH" "$FULL_RULE"
done

# Then perform the remediations for the watch rules
# Perform the remediation for both possible tools: 'auditctl' and 'augenrules'
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/issue" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/etc/issue" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/issue.net" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/etc/issue.net" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/hosts" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/etc/hosts" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
# Function to fix audit file system object watch rule for given path:
# * if rule exists, also verifies the -w bits match the requirements
# * if rule doesn't exist yet, appends expected rule form to $files_to_inspect
#   audit rules file, depending on the tool which was used to load audit rules
#
# Expects four arguments (each of them is required) in the form of:
# * audit tool				tool used to load audit rules,
# 					either 'auditctl', or 'augenrules'
# * path                        	value of -w audit rule's argument
# * required access bits        	value of -p audit rule's argument
# * key                         	value of -k audit rule's argument
#
# Example call:
#
#       fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/localtime" "wa" "audit_time_rules"
#
function fix_audit_watch_rule {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local tool="$1"
local path="$2"
local required_access_bits="$3"
local key="$4"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "4" ]
then
	echo "Usage: fix_audit_watch_rule 'tool' 'path' 'bits' 'key'"
	echo "Aborting."
	exit 1
fi

# Create a list of audit *.rules files that should be inspected for presence and correctness
# of a particular audit rule. The scheme is as follows:
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Tool used to load audit rules	| Rule already defined	|  Audit rules file to inspect	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#	auditctl		|     Doesn't matter	|  /etc/audit/audit.rules	  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# 	augenrules		|          Yes		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules	  |
# 	augenrules		|          No		|  /etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules  |
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
declare -a files_to_inspect

# Check sanity of the specified audit tool
if [ "$tool" != 'auditctl' ] && [ "$tool" != 'augenrules' ]
then
	echo "Unknown audit rules loading tool: $1. Aborting."
	echo "Use either 'auditctl' or 'augenrules'!"
	exit 1
# If the audit tool is 'auditctl', then add '/etc/audit/audit.rules'
# into the list of files to be inspected
elif [ "$tool" == 'auditctl' ]
then
	files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" '/etc/audit/audit.rules')
# If the audit is 'augenrules', then check if rule is already defined
# If rule is defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules' to list of files for inspection.
# If rule isn't defined, add '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' to list of files for inspection.
elif [ "$tool" == 'augenrules' ]
then
	# Case when particular audit rule is already defined in some of /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules file
	# Get pair -- filepath : matching_row into @matches array
	IFS=$'\n' matches=($(grep -P "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" /etc/audit/rules.d/*.rules))
	# Reset IFS back to default
	unset IFS
	# For each of the matched entries
	for match in "${matches[@]}"
	do
		# Extract filepath from the match
		rulesd_audit_file=$(echo $match | cut -f1 -d ':')
		# Append that path into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect=("${files_to_inspect[@]}" "$rulesd_audit_file")
	done
	# Case when particular audit rule isn't defined yet
	if [ ${#files_to_inspect[@]} -eq "0" ]
	then
		# Append '/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules' into list of files for inspection
		files_to_inspect="/etc/audit/rules.d/$key.rules"
		# If the $key.rules file doesn't exist yet, create it with correct permissions
		if [ ! -e "$files_to_inspect" ]
		then
			touch "$files_to_inspect"
			chmod 0640 "$files_to_inspect"
		fi
	fi
fi

# Finally perform the inspection and possible subsequent audit rule
# correction for each of the files previously identified for inspection
for audit_rules_file in "${files_to_inspect[@]}"
do

	# Check if audit watch file system object rule for given path already present
	if grep -q -P -- "[\s]*-w[\s]+$path" "$audit_rules_file"
	then
		# Rule is found => verify yet if existing rule definition contains
		# all of the required access type bits

		# Escape slashes in path for use in sed pattern below
		local esc_path=${path//$'/'/$'\/'}
		# Define BRE whitespace class shortcut
		local sp="[[:space:]]"
		# Extract current permission access types (e.g. -p [r|w|x|a] values) from audit rule
		current_access_bits=$(sed -ne "s/$sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\).*/\1/p" "$audit_rules_file")
		# Split required access bits string into characters array
		# (to check bit's presence for one bit at a time)
		for access_bit in $(echo "$required_access_bits" | grep -o .)
		do
			# For each from the required access bits (e.g. 'w', 'a') check
			# if they are already present in current access bits for rule.
			# If not, append that bit at the end
			if ! grep -q "$access_bit" <<< "$current_access_bits"
			then
				# Concatenate the existing mask with the missing bit
				current_access_bits="$current_access_bits$access_bit"
			fi
		done
		# Propagate the updated rule's access bits (original + the required
		# ones) back into the /etc/audit/audit.rules file for that rule
		sed -i "s/\($sp*-w$sp\+$esc_path$sp\+-p$sp\+\)\([rxwa]\{1,4\}\)\(.*\)/\1$current_access_bits\3/" "$audit_rules_file"
	else
		# Rule isn't present yet. Append it at the end of $audit_rules_file file
		# with proper key

		echo "-w $path -p $required_access_bits -k $key" >> "$audit_rules_file"
	fi
done
}

fix_audit_watch_rule "auditctl" "/etc/sysconfig/network" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
fix_audit_watch_rule "augenrules" "/etc/sysconfig/network" "wa" "audit_rules_networkconfig_modification"
Group   Configure auditd Data Retention   Group contains 5 rules

[ref]   The audit system writes data to /var/log/audit/audit.log. By default, auditd rotates 5 logs by size (6MB), retaining a maximum of 30MB of data in total, and refuses to write entries when the disk is too full. This minimizes the risk of audit data filling its partition and impacting other services. This also minimizes the risk of the audit daemon temporarily disabling the system if it cannot write audit log (which it can be configured to do). For a busy system or a system which is thoroughly auditing system activity, the default settings for data retention may be insufficient. The log file size needed will depend heavily on what types of events are being audited. First configure auditing to log all the events of interest. Then monitor the log size manually for awhile to determine what file size will allow you to keep the required data for the correct time period.

Using a dedicated partition for /var/log/audit prevents the auditd logs from disrupting system functionality if they fill, and, more importantly, prevents other activity in /var from filling the partition and stopping the audit trail. (The audit logs are size-limited and therefore unlikely to grow without bound unless configured to do so.) Some machines may have requirements that no actions occur which cannot be audited. If this is the case, then auditd can be configured to halt the machine if it runs out of space. Note: Since older logs are rotated, configuring auditd this way does not prevent older logs from being rotated away before they can be viewed. If your system is configured to halt when logging cannot be performed, make sure this can never happen under normal circumstances! Ensure that /var/log/audit is on its own partition, and that this partition is larger than the maximum amount of data auditd will retain normally.

Rule   Configure auditd mail_acct Action on Low Disk Space   [ref]

The auditd service can be configured to send email to a designated account in certain situations. Add or correct the following line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf to ensure that administrators are notified via email for those situations: 

action_mail_acct = root

Rationale:

Email sent to the root account is typically aliased to the administrators of the system, who can take appropriate action.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50481r1_rule, SRG-OS-000046, CCI-000139, CCI-000144, 5.2.1.2, 5.4.1.1, 3.3.1, CCI-001855, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), A.12.3.1, AU-1(b), AU-4, AU-5(1), AU-5(a), IR-5, Req-10.7.a, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_auditd_action_mail_acct="root"

AUDITCONFIG=/etc/audit/auditd.conf
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDITCONFIG '^action_mail_acct' "$var_auditd_action_mail_acct" ""
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_auditd_action_mail_acct # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_auditd_action_mail_acct: !!str |-
        root
  tags:
    - always

- name: Configure auditd mail_acct Action on Low Disk Space
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/audit/auditd.conf
    line: "action_mail_acct = {{ var_auditd_action_mail_acct }}"
    state: present
  #notify: reload auditd
  tags:
    - auditd_data_retention_action_mail_acct
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4
    - NIST-800-53-AU-5(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-5(a)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7.a
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000313

Rule   Configure auditd space_left Action on Low Disk Space   [ref]

The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space starts to run low. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately: 

space_left_action = ACTION
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page. These include:
  • syslog
  • email
  • exec
  • suspend
  • single
  • halt
Set this to email (instead of the default, which is suspend) as it is more likely to get prompt attention. Acceptable values also include suspend, single, and halt.

Rationale:

Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may allow them to take corrective action prior to any disruption.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50270r2_rule, SRG-OS-000045, CCI-000140, CCI-000143, 5.2.1.2, 5.4.1.1, 3.3.1, CCI-001855, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), A.12.3.1, AU-1(b), AU-4, AU-5(1), AU-5(b), IR-5, Req-10.7, SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_auditd_space_left_action="email"

#
# If space_left_action present in /etc/audit/auditd.conf, change value
# to var_auditd_space_left_action, else
# add "space_left_action = $var_auditd_space_left_action" to /etc/audit/auditd.conf
#

AUDITCONFIG=/etc/audit/auditd.conf
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDITCONFIG '^space_left_action' "$var_auditd_space_left_action" ""
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_auditd_space_left_action # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_auditd_space_left_action: !!str |-
        email
  tags:
    - always

- name: Configure auditd space_left Action on Low Disk Space
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/audit/auditd.conf
    line: "space_left_action = {{ var_auditd_space_left_action }}"
    regexp: '^\s*space_left_action\s*=\s*.*$'
    state: present
  #notify: reload auditd
  tags:
    - auditd_data_retention_space_left_action
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4
    - NIST-800-53-AU-5(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000005

Rule   Configure auditd max_log_file_action Upon Reaching Maximum Log Size   [ref]

The default action to take when the logs reach their maximum size is to rotate the log files, discarding the oldest one. To configure the action taken by auditd, add or correct the line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: 

max_log_file_action = ACTION
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page. These include:
  • syslog
  • suspend
  • rotate
  • keep_logs
Set the ACTION to rotate to ensure log rotation occurs. This is the default. The setting is case-insensitive.

Rationale:

Automatically rotating logs (by setting this to rotate) minimizes the chances of the system unexpectedly running out of disk space by being overwhelmed with log data. However, for systems that must never discard log data, or which use external processes to transfer it and reclaim space, keep_logs can be employed.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50435r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 5.2.1.3, 5.4.1.1, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), A.12.3.1, AU-1(b), AU-4, AU-11, IR-5, Req-10.7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_auditd_max_log_file_action="rotate"

AUDITCONFIG=/etc/audit/auditd.conf
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDITCONFIG '^max_log_file_action' "$var_auditd_max_log_file_action" ""
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_auditd_max_log_file_action # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_auditd_max_log_file_action: !!str |-
        rotate
  tags:
    - always

- name: Configure auditd max_log_file_action Upon Reaching Maximum Log Size
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/audit/auditd.conf
    line: "max_log_file_action = {{ var_auditd_max_log_file_action }}"
    regexp: '^\s*max_log_file_action\s*=\s*.*$'
    state: present
  #notify: reload auditd
  tags:
    - auditd_data_retention_max_log_file_action
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4
    - NIST-800-53-AU-11
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000161

Rule   Configure auditd Max Log File Size   [ref]

Determine the amount of audit data (in megabytes) which should be retained in each log file. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting the correct value of 6 for STOREMB: 

max_log_file = STOREMB
Set the value to 6 (MB) or higher for general-purpose systems. Larger values, of course, support retention of even more audit data.

Rationale:

The total storage for audit log files must be large enough to retain log information over the period required. This is a function of the maximum log file size and the number of logs retained.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50434r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 5.2.1.1, 5.4.1.1, AU-1(b), AU-11, IR-5, Req-10.7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_auditd_max_log_file="6"

AUDITCONFIG=/etc/audit/auditd.conf
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDITCONFIG '^max_log_file' "$var_auditd_max_log_file" ""
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_auditd_max_log_file # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_auditd_max_log_file: !!str |-
        6
  tags:
    - always

- name: Configure auditd Max Log File Size
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/audit/auditd.conf
    regexp: '^\s*max_log_file\s*=\s*.*$'
    line: "max_log_file = {{ var_auditd_max_log_file }}"
    state: present
  #notify: reload auditd
  tags:
    - auditd_data_retention_max_log_file
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-11
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000160

Rule   Configure auditd admin_space_left Action on Low Disk Space   [ref]

The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately: 

admin_space_left_action = ACTION
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include suspend and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.

Rationale:

Administrators should be made aware of an inability to record audit records. If a separate partition or logical volume of adequate size is used, running low on space for audit records should never occur.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-68627r3_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 5.2.1.2, 5.4.1.1, 3.3.1, CCI-000140, CCI-001343, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), A.12.3.1, AU-1(b), AU-4, AU-5(b), IR-5, Req-10.7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_auditd_admin_space_left_action="single"

AUDITCONFIG=/etc/audit/auditd.conf
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append $AUDITCONFIG '^admin_space_left_action' "$var_auditd_admin_space_left_action" ""
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value var_auditd_admin_space_left_action # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_auditd_admin_space_left_action: !!str |-
        single
  tags:
    - always

- name: Configure auditd admin_space_left Action on Low Disk Space
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/audit/auditd.conf
    line: "admin_space_left_action = {{ var_auditd_admin_space_left_action }}"
    regexp: '^\s*admin_space_left_action\s*=\s*.*$'
    state: present
  #notify: reload auditd
  tags:
    - auditd_data_retention_admin_space_left_action
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-4
    - NIST-800-53-AU-5(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.7
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000163

Rule   Enable auditd Service   [ref]

The auditd service is an essential userspace component of the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to disk. The auditd service can be enabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig --level 2345 auditd on

Rationale:

Without establishing what type of events occurred, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events leading up to an outage or attack. Ensuring the auditd service is active ensures audit records generated by the kernel are appropriately recorded.

Additionally, a properly configured audit subsystem ensures that actions of individual system users can be uniquely traced to those users so they can be held accountable for their actions.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50429r2_rule, SRG-OS-000032, SRG-OS-000037, SRG-OS-000255, CCI-000067, CCI-001115, CCI-001190, CCI-000120, CCI-001263, CCI-000130, CCI-001312, CCI-001353, CCI-001454, CCI-001462, CCI-001487, CCI-000157, CCI-000158, CCI-001589, CCI-000172, CCI-000347, CCI-000831, CCI-000880, 4.1.2, 5.4.1.1, 3.3.1, 3.3.2, 3.3.6, CCI-000126, CCI-000131, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), AU-3, AC-17(1), AU-1(b), AU-10, AU-12(a), AU-12(c), AU-14(1), IR-5, Req-10.1, SRG-OS-000038-GPOS-00016, SRG-OS-000039-GPOS-00017, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00021, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000255-GPOS-00096

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'auditd' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'auditd' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service auditd
  service:
    name: auditd
    enabled: "yes"
    state: "started"
  tags:
    - service_auditd_enabled
    - high_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-10
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-12(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-14(1)
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.2
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.1
    - CJIS-5.4.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000145

Rule   Enable Auditing for Processes Which Start Prior to the Audit Daemon   [ref]

To ensure all processes can be audited, even those which start prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit=1 to the kernel line in /etc/grub.conf, in the manner below: 

kernel /vmlinuz-version ro vga=ext root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet audit=1

Rationale:

Each process on the system carries an "auditable" flag which indicates whether its activities can be audited. Although auditd takes care of enabling this for all processes which launch after it does, adding the kernel argument ensures it is set for every process during boot.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000169, SRG-OS-000062, SV-50238r4_rule, AC-17(1), AU-14(1), AU-1(b), AU-2(a), AU-2(c), AU-2(d), AU-10, IR-5, Req-10.3

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


# Correct the form of kernel command line for each installed kernel
# in the bootloader
/sbin/grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="audit=1"
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Reboot:true
Strategy:restrict
- name: "Enable Auditing for Processes Which Start Prior to the Audit Daemon"
  shell: /sbin/grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="audit=1"
  tags:
    - grub_legacy_audit_argument
    - low_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-14(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-1(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(c)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-2(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-10
    - NIST-800-53-IR-5
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000525
Group   File Permissions and Masks   Group contains 9 groups and 42 rules

[ref]   Traditional Unix security relies heavily on file and directory permissions to prevent unauthorized users from reading or modifying files to which they should not have access.

Several of the commands in this section search filesystems for files or directories with certain characteristics, and are intended to be run on every local partition on a given system. When the variable PART appears in one of the commands below, it means that the command is intended to be run repeatedly, with the name of each local partition substituted for PART in turn.

The following command prints a list of all xfs partitions on the local system, which is the default filesystem for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 installations: 

$ mount -t xfs | awk '{print $3}'
For any systems that use a different local filesystem type, modify this command as appropriate.

Group   Restrict Dynamic Mounting and Unmounting of Filesystems   Group contains 7 rules

[ref]   Linux includes a number of facilities for the automated addition and removal of filesystems on a running system. These facilities may be necessary in many environments, but this capability also carries some risk -- whether direct risk from allowing users to introduce arbitrary filesystems, or risk that software flaws in the automated mount facility itself could allow an attacker to compromise the system.

This command can be used to list the types of filesystems that are available to the currently executing kernel: 

$ find /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/fs -type f -name '*.ko'
If these filesystems are not required then they can be explicitly disabled in a configuratio file in /etc/modprobe.d.

Rule   Disable Mounting of hfs   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the hfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install hfs /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.

Rationale:

Linux kernel modules which implement filesystems that are not needed by the local system should be disabled.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.4, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install hfs" /etc/modprobe.d/hfs.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install hfs.*/install hfs /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/hfs.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/hfs.conf
	echo "install hfs /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/hfs.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'hfs' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/hfs.conf"
    regexp: 'hfs'
    line: "install hfs /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_hfs_disabled
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6

Rule   Disable Mounting of cramfs   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the cramfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install cramfs /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.

Rationale:

Linux kernel modules which implement filesystems that are not needed by the local system should be disabled.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.1, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install cramfs" /etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install cramfs.*/install cramfs /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf
	echo "install cramfs /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'cramfs' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf"
    regexp: 'cramfs'
    line: "install cramfs /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_cramfs_disabled
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6

Rule   Disable Mounting of udf   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the udf kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install udf /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.

Rationale:

Linux kernel modules which implement filesystems that are not needed by the local system should be disabled.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.7, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install udf" /etc/modprobe.d/udf.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install udf.*/install udf /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/udf.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/udf.conf
	echo "install udf /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/udf.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'udf' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/udf.conf"
    regexp: 'udf'
    line: "install udf /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_udf_disabled
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6

Rule   Disable Mounting of freevxfs   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the freevxfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install freevxfs /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.

Rationale:

Linux kernel modules which implement filesystems that are not needed by the local system should be disabled.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.2, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install freevxfs" /etc/modprobe.d/freevxfs.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install freevxfs.*/install freevxfs /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/freevxfs.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/freevxfs.conf
	echo "install freevxfs /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/freevxfs.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'freevxfs' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/freevxfs.conf"
    regexp: 'freevxfs'
    line: "install freevxfs /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_freevxfs_disabled
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6

Rule   Disable Mounting of jffs2   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the jffs2 kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install jffs2 /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.

Rationale:

Linux kernel modules which implement filesystems that are not needed by the local system should be disabled.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.3, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install jffs2" /etc/modprobe.d/jffs2.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install jffs2.*/install jffs2 /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/jffs2.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/jffs2.conf
	echo "install jffs2 /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/jffs2.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'jffs2' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/jffs2.conf"
    regexp: 'jffs2'
    line: "install jffs2 /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_jffs2_disabled
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6

Rule   Disable Mounting of hfsplus   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the hfsplus kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install hfsplus /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.

Rationale:

Linux kernel modules which implement filesystems that are not needed by the local system should be disabled.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.5, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install hfsplus" /etc/modprobe.d/hfsplus.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install hfsplus.*/install hfsplus /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/hfsplus.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/hfsplus.conf
	echo "install hfsplus /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/hfsplus.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'hfsplus' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/hfsplus.conf"
    regexp: 'hfsplus'
    line: "install hfsplus /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_hfsplus_disabled
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6

Rule   Disable Mounting of squashfs   [ref]

To configure the system to prevent the squashfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install squashfs /bin/true
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.

Rationale:

Linux kernel modules which implement filesystems that are not needed by the local system should be disabled.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.1.6, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install squashfs" /etc/modprobe.d/squashfs.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install squashfs.*/install squashfs /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/squashfs.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/squashfs.conf
	echo "install squashfs /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/squashfs.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'squashfs' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/squashfs.conf"
    regexp: 'squashfs'
    line: "install squashfs /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_squashfs_disabled
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6
Group   Verify Permissions on Important Files and Directories   Group contains 2 groups and 19 rules

[ref]   Permissions for many files on a system must be set restrictively to ensure sensitive information is properly protected. This section discusses important permission restrictions which can be verified to ensure that no harmful discrepancies have arisen.

Group   Verify Permissions on Files with Local Account Information and Credentials   Group contains 12 rules

Rule   Verify Permissions on passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd, run the command: 

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd

Rationale:

If the /etc/passwd file is writable by a group-owner or the world the risk of its compromise is increased. The file contains the list of accounts on the system and associated information, and protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50257r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.2, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/passwd
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/passwd
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd
    mode: 0644
  tags:
    - file_permissions_etc_passwd
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000041

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/passwd, run the command: 

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/passwd

Rationale:

The /etc/passwd file contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50251r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.2, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chgrp 0 /etc/passwd
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/passwd
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd
    group: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_groupowner_etc_passwd
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000040

Rule   Verify User Who Owns group File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/group, run the command: 

$ sudo chown root /etc/group

Rationale:

The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50258r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 6.1.4, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chown 0 /etc/group
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group
  stat:
    path: /etc/group
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/group
  file:
    path: /etc/group
    owner: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_owner_etc_group
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000042

Rule   Verify User Who Owns gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow, run the command: 

$ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50243r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000366, 6.1.5, AC-6

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chown 0 /etc/gshadow
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/gshadow
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow
    owner: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_owner_etc_gshadow
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000036

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/gshadow, run the command: 

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/gshadow

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50248r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.5, AC-6

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chgrp 0 /etc/gshadow
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/gshadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/gshadow
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/gshadow
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow
    group: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_groupowner_etc_gshadow
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000037

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns group File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/group, run the command: 

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/group

Rationale:

The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50259r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.4, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chgrp 0 /etc/group
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/group
  stat:
    path: /etc/group
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/group
  file:
    path: /etc/group
    group: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_groupowner_etc_group
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000043

Rule   Verify User Who Owns passwd File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/passwd, run the command: 

$ sudo chown root /etc/passwd

Rationale:

The /etc/passwd file contains information about the users that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50250r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.2, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chown 0 /etc/passwd
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/passwd
  stat:
    path: /etc/passwd
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/passwd
  file:
    path: /etc/passwd
    owner: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_owner_etc_passwd
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000039

Rule   Verify Permissions on gshadow File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow, run the command: 

$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow

Rationale:

The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50249r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.5, AC-6

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Ensure permission 0000 on /etc/gshadow
  file:
    path: /etc/gshadow
    mode: 0000
  tags:
    - file_permissions_etc_gshadow
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000038

Rule   Verify Group Who Owns shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the group owner of /etc/shadow, run the command: 

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/shadow

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow file stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50304r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.3, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chgrp 0 /etc/shadow
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /etc/shadow
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow
    group: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_groupowner_etc_shadow
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000034

Rule   Verify User Who Owns shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow, run the command: 

$ sudo chown root /etc/shadow

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information which could weaken the system security posture.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50303r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.3, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chown 0 /etc/shadow
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /etc/shadow
  stat:
    path: /etc/shadow
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /etc/shadow
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow
    owner: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_owner_etc_shadow
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000033

Rule   Verify Permissions on shadow File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow, run the command: 

$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/shadow

Rationale:

The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information which could weaken the system security posture.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50305r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.3, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0000 /etc/shadow
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Ensure permission 0000 on /etc/shadow
  file:
    path: /etc/shadow
    mode: 0000
  tags:
    - file_permissions_etc_shadow
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000035

Rule   Verify Permissions on group File   [ref]

To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd, run the command: 

$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd

Rationale:

The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50261r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000225, 6.1.4, 5.5.2.2, AC-6, Req-8.7.c

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 0644 /etc/group
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Ensure permission 0644 on /etc/group
  file:
    path: /etc/group
    mode: 0644
  tags:
    - file_permissions_etc_group
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.7.c
    - CJIS-5.5.2.2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000044
Group   Verify File Permissions Within Some Important Directories   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Some directories contain files whose confidentiality or integrity is notably important and may also be susceptible to misconfiguration over time, particularly if unpackaged software is installed. As such, an argument exists to verify that files' permissions within these directories remain configured correctly and restrictively.

Rule   Verify that System Executables Have Restrictive Permissions   [ref]

System executables are stored in the following directories by default: 

/bin
/sbin
/usr/bin
/usr/libexec
/usr/local/bin
/usr/local/sbin
/usr/sbin
All files in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. If any file FILE in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command: 
$ sudo chmod go-w FILE

Rationale:

System binaries are executed by privileged users, as well as system services, and restrictive permissions are necessary to ensure execution of these programs cannot be co-opted.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50269r3_rule, SRG-OS-000259, CCI-001499, AC-6

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

DIRS="/bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin /usr/libexec"
for dirPath in $DIRS; do
	find "$dirPath" -perm /022 -exec chmod go-w '{}' \;
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:medium
Disruption:medium
Strategy:restrict
- name: "Read list of world and group writable system executables"
  shell: "find /bin /usr/bin /usr/local/bin /sbin /usr/sbin /usr/local/sbin /usr/libexec -perm /022 -type f"
  register: world_writable_library_files
  changed_when: False
  failed_when: False
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - file_permissions_binary_dirs
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - medium_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000047

- name: "Remove world/group writability of system executables"
  file:
    path: "{{item}}"
    mode: "go-w"
  with_items: "{{ world_writable_library_files.stdout_lines }}"
  when: world_writable_library_files.stdout_lines | length > 0
  tags:
    - file_permissions_binary_dirs
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - medium_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000047

Rule   Ensure All SUID Executables Are Authorized   [ref]

The SUID (set user id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SGID files is determine if any were not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the origin of any unpackaged SUID files.

Rationale:

Executable files with the SUID permission run with the privileges of the owner of the file. SUID files of uncertain provenance could allow for unprivileged users to elevate privileges. The presence of these files should be strictly controlled on the system.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.13, AC-6(1)

Rule   Verify that All World-Writable Directories Have Sticky Bits Set   [ref]

When the so-called 'sticky bit' is set on a directory, only the owner of a given file may remove that file from the directory. Without the sticky bit, any user with write access to a directory may remove any file in the directory. Setting the sticky bit prevents users from removing each other's files. In cases where there is no reason for a directory to be world-writable, a better solution is to remove that permission rather than to set the sticky bit. However, if a directory is used by a particular application, consult that application's documentation instead of blindly changing modes.
To set the sticky bit on a world-writable directory DIR, run the following command: 

$ sudo chmod +t DIR

Rationale:

Failing to set the sticky bit on public directories allows unauthorized users to delete files in the directory structure.

The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system, or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system, by users for temporary file storage (such as /tmp), and for directories requiring global read/write access.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50498r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 1.1.21, AC-6

Rule   Ensure All Files Are Owned by a User   [ref]

If any files are not owned by a user, then the cause of their lack of ownership should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate user.

Rationale:

Unowned files do not directly imply a security problem, but they are generally a sign that something is amiss. They may be caused by an intruder, by incorrect software installation or draft software removal, or by failure to remove all files belonging to a deleted account. The files should be repaired so they will not cause problems when accounts are created in the future, and the cause should be discovered and addressed.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000224, 6.1.11, CCI-002165, AC-3(4), AC-6, CM-6(b), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure All Files Are Owned by a Group   [ref]

If any files are not owned by a group, then the cause of their lack of group-ownership should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate group.

Rationale:

Unowned files do not directly imply a security problem, but they are generally a sign that something is amiss. They may be caused by an intruder, by incorrect software installation or draft software removal, or by failure to remove all files belonging to a deleted account. The files should be repaired so they will not cause problems when accounts are created in the future, and the cause should be discovered and addressed.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000224, 6.1.12, CCI-002165, AC-3(4), AC-6, IA-2, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure All SGID Executables Are Authorized   [ref]

The SGID (set group id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SGID files is determine if any were not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the origin of any unpackaged SGID files.

Rationale:

Executable files with the SGID permission run with the privileges of the owner of the file. SGID files of uncertain provenance could allow for unprivileged users to elevate privileges. The presence of these files should be strictly controlled on the system.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  6.1.14, AC-6(1)

Rule   Ensure No World-Writable Files Exist   [ref]

It is generally a good idea to remove global (other) write access to a file when it is discovered. However, check with documentation for specific applications before making changes. Also, monitor for recurring world-writable files, as these may be symptoms of a misconfigured application or user account. Finally, this applies to real files and not virtual files that are a part of pseudo file systems such as sysfs or procfs.

Rationale:

Data in world-writable files can be modified by any user on the system. In almost all circumstances, files can be configured using a combination of user and group permissions to support whatever legitimate access is needed without the risk caused by world-writable files.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50444r3_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 6.1.10, AC-6

Group   Restrict Programs from Dangerous Execution Patterns   Group contains 3 groups and 5 rules

[ref]   The recommendations in this section are designed to ensure that the system's features to protect against potentially dangerous program execution are activated. These protections are applied at the system initialization or kernel level, and defend against certain types of badly-configured or compromised programs.

Group   Daemon Umask   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The umask is a per-process setting which limits the default permissions for creation of new files and directories. The system includes initialization scripts which set the default umask for system daemons.

Rule   Set Daemon Umask   [ref]

The file /etc/init.d/functions includes initialization parameters for most or all daemons started at boot time. Many daemons on the system already individually restrict themselves to a umask of 077 in their own init scripts. By default, the umask of 022 is set which prevents creation of group- or world-writable files. To set the umask for daemons expected by the profile, edit the following line: 

umask 027

Warning:  Setting the umask to too restrictive a setting can cause serious errors at runtime.
Rationale:

The umask influences the permissions assigned to files created by a process at run time. An unnecessarily permissive umask could result in files being created with insecure permissions.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50443r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, AC-6

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_umask_for_daemons="027"

grep -q ^umask /etc/init.d/functions && \
  sed -i "s/umask.*/umask $var_umask_for_daemons/g" /etc/init.d/functions
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "umask $var_umask_for_daemons" >> /etc/init.d/functions
fi
Group   Disable Core Dumps   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   A core dump file is the memory image of an executable program when it was terminated by the operating system due to errant behavior. In most cases, only software developers legitimately need to access these files. The core dump files may also contain sensitive information, or unnecessarily occupy large amounts of disk space.

Once a hard limit is set in /etc/security/limits.conf, a user cannot increase that limit within his or her own session. If access to core dumps is required, consider restricting them to only certain users or groups. See the limits.conf man page for more information.

The core dumps of setuid programs are further protected. The sysctl variable fs.suid_dumpable controls whether the kernel allows core dumps from these programs at all. The default value of 0 is recommended.

Rule   Disable Core Dumps for SUID programs   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the fs.suid_dumpable kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
fs.suid_dumpable = 0

Rationale:

The core dump of a setuid program is more likely to contain sensitive data, as the program itself runs with greater privileges than the user who initiated execution of the program. Disabling the ability for any setuid program to write a core file decreases the risk of unauthorized access of such data.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.5.1, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SI-11

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable


#
# Set runtime for fs.suid_dumpable
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w fs.suid_dumpable=0

#
# If fs.suid_dumpable present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to "0"
#	else, add "fs.suid_dumpable = 0" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^fs.suid_dumpable' "0" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl fs.suid_dumpable is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: fs.suid_dumpable
    value: 0
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_fs_suid_dumpable
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-SI-11

Rule   Disable Core Dumps for All Users   [ref]

To disable core dumps for all users, add the following line to /etc/security/limits.conf: 

*     hard   core    0

Rationale:

A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50476r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 1.5.1, SC-5

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

echo "*     hard   core    0" >> /etc/security/limits.conf
Group   Enable ExecShield   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   ExecShield describes kernel features that provide protection against exploitation of memory corruption errors such as buffer overflows. These features include random placement of the stack and other memory regions, prevention of execution in memory that should only hold data, and special handling of text buffers. These protections are enabled by default on 32-bit systems and controlled through sysctl variables kernel.exec-shield and kernel.randomize_va_space. On the latest 64-bit systems, kernel.exec-shield cannot be enabled or disabled with sysctl.

Rule   Enable Randomized Layout of Virtual Address Space   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the kernel.randomize_va_space kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
kernel.randomize_va_space = 2

Rationale:

Address space layout randomization (ASLR) makes it more difficult for an attacker to predict the location of attack code they have introduced into a process's address space during an attempt at exploitation. Additionally, ASLR makes it more difficult for an attacker to know the location of existing code in order to re-purpose it using return oriented programming (ROP) techniques.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50397r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 1.5.1, 3.1.7, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SC-30(2), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, 040201

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable


#
# Set runtime for kernel.randomize_va_space
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2

#
# If kernel.randomize_va_space present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to "2"
#	else, add "kernel.randomize_va_space = 2" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' "2" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl kernel.randomize_va_space is set to 2
  sysctl:
    name: kernel.randomize_va_space
    value: 2
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_kernel_randomize_va_space
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-SC-30(2)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000078
    - DISA-STIG-040201

Rule   Enable ExecShield via sysctl   [ref]

By default on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 64-bit systems, ExecShield is enabled and can only be disabled if the hardware does not support ExecShield or is disabled in /etc/default/grub. For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 32-bit systems, sysctl can be used to enable ExecShield.

Rationale:

ExecShield uses the segmentation feature on all x86 systems to prevent execution in memory higher than a certain address. It writes an address as a limit in the code segment descriptor, to control where code can be executed, on a per-process basis. When the kernel places a process's memory regions such as the stack and heap higher than this address, the hardware prevents execution in that address range. This is enabled by default on the latest Red Hat and Fedora systems if supported by the hardware.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SRG-OS-999999, SV-50398r2_rule, 1.5.2, 3.1.7, CCI-002530, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e), SC-39

Group   Restrict Partition Mount Options   Group contains 11 rules

[ref]   System partitions can be mounted with certain options that limit what files on those partitions can do. These options are set in the /etc/fstab configuration file, and can be used to make certain types of malicious behavior more difficult.

Rule   Add nosuid Option to /tmp   [ref]

The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /tmp. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.

Rationale:

The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.4, CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/tmp" "nosuid"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/tmp"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: Ensure permission nosuid are set on /tmp
  mount:
    path: "/tmp"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{device_cur_mountoption.stdout}},nosuid"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

Rule   Add nodev Option to Non-Root Local Partitions   [ref]

The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as character or block devices. Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot jails built for system services. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any non-root local partitions.

Rationale:

The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as character or block devices. The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails, for which it is not advised to set nodev on these filesystems.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.11, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


# NOTE: Run-time reconfiguration of partitions' mount options is not possible.
# After performing this remediation be sure to also subsequently reboot the
# system as soon as possible for the remediation to take the effect!

# Shortened ID for frequently used character class
SP="[:space:]"

# Load /etc/fstab's content with LABEL= and UUID= tags expanded to real
# device names into FSTAB_REAL_DEVICES array splitting items by newline
IFS=$'\n' FSTAB_REAL_DEVICES=($(findmnt --fstab --evaluate --noheadings))

for line in ${FSTAB_REAL_DEVICES[@]}
do
    # For each line:
    # * squeeze multiple space characters into one,
    # * split line content info four columns (target, source, fstype, and
    #   mount options) by space delimiter
    IFS=$' ' read TARGET SOURCE FSTYPE MOUNT_OPTIONS <<< "$(echo $line | tr -s ' ')"

    # Filter the targets according to the following criteria:
    # * don't include record for root partition,
    # * include the target only if it has the form of '/word.*' (not to include
    #   special entries like e.g swap),
    # * include the target only if its source has the form of '/dev.*'
    #   (to process only local partitions)
    if [[ ! $TARGET =~ ^\/$ ]] 		&&	# Don't include root partition
       [[ $TARGET =~ ^\/[A-Za-z0-9_] ]] &&	# Include if target =~ '/word.*'
       [[ $SOURCE =~ ^\/dev ]]			# Include if source =~ '/dev.*'
    then

        # Check the mount options column if it doesn't contain 'nodev' keyword yet
        if ! grep -q "nodev" <<< "$MOUNT_OPTIONS"
        then
            # Check if current mount options is empty string ('') meaning
            # particular /etc/fstab row contain just 'defaults' keyword
            if [[ ${#MOUNT_OPTIONS} == "0" ]]
            then
                # If so, add 'defaults' back and append 'nodev' keyword
                MOUNT_OPTIONS="defaults,nodev"
            else
                # Otherwise append just 'nodev' keyword
                MOUNT_OPTIONS="$MOUNT_OPTIONS,nodev"
            fi

            # Escape possible slash ('/') characters in target for use as sed
            # expression below
            TARGET_ESCAPED=${TARGET//$'/'/$'\/'}
            # This target doesn't contain 'nodev' in mount options yet (and meets
            # the above filtering criteria). Therefore obtain particular /etc/fstab's
            # row into FSTAB_TARGET_ROW variable separating the mount options field with
            # hash '#' character
            FSTAB_TARGET_ROW=$(sed -n "s/\(.*$TARGET_ESCAPED[$SP]\+$FSTYPE[$SP]\+\)\([^$SP]\+\)/\1#\2#/p" /etc/fstab)
            # Split the retrieved value by the hash '#' delimiter to get the
            # row's head & tail (i.e. columns other than mount options) which won't
            # get modified
            IFS=$'#' read TARGET_HEAD TARGET_OPTS TARGET_TAIL <<< "$FSTAB_TARGET_ROW"
            # Replace old mount options for particular /etc/fstab's row (for this target
            # and fstype) with new mount options
            sed -i "s#${TARGET_HEAD}\(.*\)${TARGET_TAIL}#${TARGET_HEAD}${MOUNT_OPTIONS}${TARGET_TAIL}#" /etc/fstab

        fi
    fi
done

Rule   Add noexec Option to /dev/shm   [ref]

The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /dev/shm. It can be dangerous to allow the execution of binaries from world-writable temporary storage directories such as /dev/shm. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.

Rationale:

Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories such as /dev/shm can expose the system to potential compromise.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.17, CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /dev/shm || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /dev/shm in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/dev/shm" "noexec"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/dev/shm"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: Ensure permission noexec are set on /dev/shm
  mount:
    path: "/dev/shm"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{device_cur_mountoption.stdout}},noexec"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

Rule   Add nosuid Option to /dev/shm   [ref]

The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /dev/shm. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.

Rationale:

The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.16, CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /dev/shm || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /dev/shm in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/dev/shm" "nosuid"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/dev/shm"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: Ensure permission nosuid are set on /dev/shm
  mount:
    path: "/dev/shm"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{device_cur_mountoption.stdout}},nosuid"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

Rule   Add nodev Option to Removable Media Partitions   [ref]

The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as character or block devices. Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot jails built for system services. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. An exception to this is chroot jails, and it is not advised to set nodev on partitions which contain their root filesystems.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.18, AC-19(a), AC-19(d), AC-19(e), CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_removable_partition="(N/A)"
function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "no" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab "$var_removable_partition" || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of $var_removable_partition in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$var_removable_partition" "nodev"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "$var_removable_partition"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_removable_partition # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_removable_partition: !!str |-
        (N/A)
  tags:
    - always

- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_nodev_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_nodev_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_nodev_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: Ensure permission nodev are set on var_removable_partition
  mount:
    path: "{{ var_removable_partition }}"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{ device_cur_mountoption.stdout }},nodev"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_nodev_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

Rule   Bind Mount /var/tmp To /tmp   [ref]

The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory. Bind-mount it to /tmp in order to consolidate temporary storage into one location protected by the same techniques as /tmp. To do so, edit /etc/fstab and add the following line: 

/tmp     /var/tmp     none     rw,nodev,noexec,nosuid,bind     0 0
See the mount(8) man page for further explanation of bind mounting.

Rationale:

Having multiple locations for temporary storage is not required. Unless absolutely necessary to meet requirements, the storage location /var/tmp should be bind mounted to /tmp and thus share the same protections.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)



# Delete particular /etc/fstab's row if /var/tmp is already configured to
# represent a mount point (for some device or filesystem other than /tmp)
if grep -q -P '.*\/var\/tmp.*' /etc/fstab
then
  sed -i '/.*\/var\/tmp.*/d' /etc/fstab
fi
umount /var/tmp

# Bind-mount /var/tmp to /tmp via /etc/fstab (preserving the /etc/fstab form)
printf "%-24s%-24s%-8s%-32s%-3s\n" "/tmp" "/var/tmp" "none" "rw,nodev,noexec,nosuid,bind" "0 0" >> /etc/fstab

mkdir -p /var/tmp
mount -B /tmp /var/tmp

Rule   Add noexec Option to /tmp   [ref]

The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /tmp. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.

Rationale:

Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories such as /tmp should never be necessary in normal operation and can expose the system to potential compromise.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-71919r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000381, 1.1.5, CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/tmp" "noexec"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/tmp"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000528

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000528

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000528

- name: Ensure permission noexec are set on /tmp
  mount:
    path: "/tmp"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{device_cur_mountoption.stdout}},noexec"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_noexec
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000528

Rule   Add nodev Option to /tmp   [ref]

The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from being created in /tmp. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /tmp. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.3, CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /tmp || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /tmp in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/tmp" "nodev"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/tmp"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' /tmp ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: Ensure permission nodev are set on /tmp
  mount:
    path: "/tmp"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{device_cur_mountoption.stdout}},nodev"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_tmp_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

Rule   Add nodev Option to /dev/shm   [ref]

The nodev mount option can be used to prevent creation of device files in /dev/shm. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /dev/shm. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.

Rationale:

The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.15, CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "yes" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab /dev/shm || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of /dev/shm in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "/dev/shm" "nodev"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "/dev/shm"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' /dev/shm ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: Ensure permission nodev are set on /dev/shm
  mount:
    path: "/dev/shm"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{device_cur_mountoption.stdout}},nodev"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_dev_shm_nodev
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

Rule   Add nosuid Option to Removable Media Partitions   [ref]

The nosuid mount option prevents set-user-identifier (SUID) and set-group-identifier (SGID) permissions from taking effect. These permissions allow users to execute binaries with the same permissions as the owner and group of the file respectively. Users should not be allowed to introduce SUID and SGID files into the system via partitions mounted from removeable media. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.

Rationale:

The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Allowing users to introduce SUID or SGID binaries from partitions mounted off of removable media would allow them to introduce their own highly-privileged programs.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  1.1.19, CCI-000366, AC-6, AC-19(a), AC-19(d), AC-19(e), CM-7, MP-2, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_removable_partition="(N/A)"
function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "no" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab "$var_removable_partition" || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of $var_removable_partition in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$var_removable_partition" "nosuid"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "$var_removable_partition"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_removable_partition # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_removable_partition: !!str |-
        (N/A)
  tags:
    - always

- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

- name: Ensure permission nosuid are set on var_removable_partition
  mount:
    path: "{{ var_removable_partition }}"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{ device_cur_mountoption.stdout }},nosuid"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_nosuid_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2

Rule   Add noexec Option to Removable Media Partitions   [ref]

The noexec mount option prevents the direct execution of binaries on the mounted filesystem. Preventing the direct execution of binaries from removable media (such as a USB key) provides a defense against malicious software that may be present on such untrusted media. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.

Rationale:

Allowing users to execute binaries from removable media such as USB keys exposes the system to potential compromise.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50456r1_rule, SRG-OS-000035, 1.1.20, CCI-000087, AC-19(a), AC-19(d), AC-19(e), CM-7, MP-2

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


var_removable_partition="(N/A)"
function include_mount_options_functions {
	:
}

# $1: type of filesystem
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_for_vfstype {
        local _vfstype="$1" _new_opt="$2" _vfstype_points=()
        _vfstype_points=($(grep -E "[[:space:]]$_vfstype[[:space:]]" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $2}'))

        for _vfstype_point in "${_vfstype_points[@]}"
        do
                ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$_vfstype_point" "$_new_opt"
        done
}

# $1: mount point
# $2: new mount point option
function ensure_mount_option_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point="$1" _new_opt="$2" _mount_point_match_regexp="" _previous_mount_opts=""
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$_mount_point")"

	if [ $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -c "$_new_opt" ) -eq 0 ]; then
		_previous_mount_opts=$(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | awk '{print $4}')
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*${_previous_mount_opts}\)|\1,${_new_opt}|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function get_mount_point_regexp {
		printf "[[:space:]]%s[[:space:]]" "$1"
}

# $1: mount point
function assert_mount_point_in_fstab {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" -q /etc/fstab \
		|| { echo "The mount point '$1' is not even in /etc/fstab, so we can't set up mount options" >&2; return 1; }
}

# $1: mount point
function remove_defaults_from_fstab_if_overriden {
	local _mount_point_match_regexp
	_mount_point_match_regexp="$(get_mount_point_regexp "$1")"
	if $(grep "$_mount_point_match_regexp" /etc/fstab | grep -q "defaults,")
	then
		sed -i "s|\(${_mount_point_match_regexp}.*\)defaults,|\1|" /etc/fstab
	fi
}

# $1: mount point
function ensure_partition_is_mounted {
	local _mount_point="$1"
	mkdir -p "$_mount_point" || return 1
	if mountpoint -q "$_mount_point"; then
		mount -o remount --target "$_mount_point"
	else
		mount --target "$_mount_point"
	fi
}

include_mount_options_functions

function perform_remediation {
	# test "$mount_has_to_exist" = 'yes'
	if test "no" = 'yes'; then
		assert_mount_point_in_fstab "$var_removable_partition" || { echo "Not remediating, because there is no record of $var_removable_partition in /etc/fstab" >&2; return 1; }
	fi

	ensure_mount_option_in_fstab "$var_removable_partition" "noexec"

	ensure_partition_is_mounted "$var_removable_partition"
}

perform_remediation
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:high
Strategy:configure
- name: XCCDF Value var_removable_partition # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    var_removable_partition: !!str |-
        (N/A)
  tags:
    - always

- name: get back device associated to mountpoint
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' |cut -d ' ' -f 1
  register: device_name
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_noexec_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000271

- name: get back device previous mount option
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' | sed -re 's:.*\((.*)\):\1:'
  register: device_cur_mountoption
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_noexec_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000271

- name: get back device fstype
  shell: mount | grep ' {{ var_removable_partition }} ' | cut -d ' ' -f 5
  register: device_fstype
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - mount_option_noexec_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000271

- name: Ensure permission noexec are set on var_removable_partition
  mount:
    path: "{{ var_removable_partition }}"
    src: "{{device_name.stdout}}"
    opts: "{{ device_cur_mountoption.stdout }},noexec"
    state: "mounted"
    fstype: "{{device_fstype.stdout}}"
  tags:
    - mount_option_noexec_removable_partitions
    - unknown_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - high_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(d)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-19(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-MP-2
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000271
Group   Network Configuration and Firewalls   Group contains 12 groups and 26 rules

[ref]   Most systems must be connected to a network of some sort, and this brings with it the substantial risk of network attack. This section discusses the security impact of decisions about networking which must be made when configuring a system.

This section also discusses firewalls, network access controls, and other network security frameworks, which allow system-level rules to be written that can limit an attackers' ability to connect to your system. These rules can specify that network traffic should be allowed or denied from certain IP addresses, hosts, and networks. The rules can also specify which of the system's network services are available to particular hosts or networks.

Group   IPv6   Group contains 3 groups and 3 rules

[ref]   The system includes support for Internet Protocol version 6. A major and often-mentioned improvement over IPv4 is its enormous increase in the number of available addresses. Another important feature is its support for automatic configuration of many network settings.

Group   Configure IPv6 Settings if Necessary   Group contains 1 group and 2 rules

[ref]   A major feature of IPv6 is the extent to which systems implementing it can automatically configure their networking devices using information from the network. From a security perspective, manually configuring important configuration information is preferable to accepting it from the network in an unauthenticated fashion.

Group   Disable Automatic Configuration   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   Disable the system's acceptance of router advertisements and redirects by adding or correcting the following line in /etc/sysconfig/network (note that this does not disable sending router solicitations): 

IPV6_AUTOCONF=no

Rule   Configure Accepting IPv6 Redirects By Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0

Rationale:

An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50349r3_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 4.4.1.2, 3.3.2, 3.1.20, CCI-001551, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects=$sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects_value

#
# If net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects' "$sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000099

Rule   Configure Accepting IPv6 Router Advertisements by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra = 0

Rationale:

An illicit router advertisement message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  4.4.1.1, 3.3.1, 3.1.20, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra=$sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value

#
# If net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra' "$sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
Group   Disable Support for IPv6 Unless Needed   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Despite configuration that suggests support for IPv6 has been disabled, link-local IPv6 address auto-configuration occurs even when only an IPv4 address is assigned. The only way to effectively prevent execution of the IPv6 networking stack is to instruct the system not to activate the IPv6 kernel module.

Rule   Disable Interface Usage of IPv6   [ref]

To disable interface usage of IPv6, add or correct the following lines in /etc/sysconfig/network: 

NETWORKING_IPV6=no
IPV6INIT=no

Rationale:

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Group   Uncommon Network Protocols   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   The system includes support for several network protocols which are not commonly used. Although security vulnerabilities in kernel networking code are not frequently discovered, the consequences can be dramatic. Ensuring uncommon network protocols are disabled reduces the system's risk to attacks targeted at its implementation of those protocols.

Warning:  Although these protocols are not commonly used, avoid disruption in your network environment by ensuring they are not needed prior to disabling them.

Rule   Disable DCCP Support   [ref]

The Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) is a relatively new transport layer protocol, designed to support streaming media and telephony. To configure the system to prevent the dccp kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install dccp /bin/true

Rationale:

Disabling DCCP protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50315r5_rule, SRG-OS-000096, CCI-000382, 3.5.1, 5.10.1, 3.4.6, CCI-001958, CM-7, 020101

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install dccp" /etc/modprobe.d/dccp.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install dccp.*/install dccp /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/dccp.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/dccp.conf
	echo "install dccp /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/dccp.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'dccp' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/dccp.conf"
    regexp: 'dccp'
    line: "install dccp /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_dccp_disabled
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6
    - CJIS-5.10.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000124
    - DISA-STIG-020101

Rule   Disable TIPC Support   [ref]

The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol is designed to provide communications between nodes in a cluster. To configure the system to prevent the tipc kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install tipc /bin/true

Rationale:

Disabling TIPC protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000382, SRG-OS-000096, SV-50318r5_rule, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install tipc" /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install tipc.*/install tipc /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf
	echo "install tipc /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'tipc' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf"
    regexp: 'tipc'
    line: "install tipc /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_tipc_disabled
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000127

Rule   Disable SCTP Support   [ref]

The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is a transport layer protocol, designed to support the idea of message-oriented communication, with several streams of messages within one connection. To configure the system to prevent the sctp kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install sctp /bin/true

Rationale:

Disabling SCTP protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50316r5_rule, SRG-OS-000096, CCI-000382, 3.5.2, 5.10.1, 3.4.6, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install sctp" /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install sctp.*/install sctp /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf
	echo "install sctp /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'sctp' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf"
    regexp: 'sctp'
    line: "install sctp /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_sctp_disabled
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.6
    - CJIS-5.10.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000125

Rule   Disable RDS Support   [ref]

The Reliable Datagram Sockets (RDS) protocol is a transport layer protocol designed to provide reliable high- bandwidth, low-latency communications between nodes in a cluster. To configure the system to prevent the rds kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/modprobe.d: 

install rds /bin/true

Rationale:

Disabling RDS protects the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000382, SRG-OS-000096, SV-50317r3_rule, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 "^install rds" /etc/modprobe.d/rds.conf ; then
	sed -i 's/^install rds.*/install rds /bin/true/g' /etc/modprobe.d/rds.conf
else
	echo -e "\n# Disable per security requirements" >> /etc/modprobe.d/rds.conf
	echo "install rds /bin/true" >> /etc/modprobe.d/rds.conf
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure kernel module 'rds' is disabled
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "/etc/modprobe.d/rds.conf"
    regexp: 'rds'
    line: "install rds /bin/true"
  tags:
    - kernel_module_rds_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000126
Group   Kernel Parameters Which Affect Networking   Group contains 2 groups and 15 rules

[ref]   The sysctl utility is used to set parameters which affect the operation of the Linux kernel. Kernel parameters which affect networking and have security implications are described here.

Group   Network Parameters for Hosts Only   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   If the system is not going to be used as a router, then setting certain kernel parameters ensure that the host will not perform routing of network traffic.

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50401r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-001551, 3.1.2, 5.10.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5, SC-7, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable


#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to "0"
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects' "0" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects
    value: 0
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000080

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects for All Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50402r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-001551, 3.1.2, 5.10.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5(1), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable


#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to "0"
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects' "0" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects
    value: 0
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(1)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000081

Rule   Disable Kernel Parameter for IP Forwarding   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.ip_forward kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0

Rationale:

Routing protocol daemons are typically used on routers to exchange network topology information with other routers. If this capability is used when not required, system network information may be unnecessarily transmitted across the network.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50312r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CM-7, SC-5, SC-32, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable


#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.ip_forward
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0

#
# If net.ipv4.ip_forward present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to "0"
#	else, add "net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.ip_forward' "0" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.ip_forward is set to 0
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.ip_forward
    value: 0
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_ip_forward
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-32
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000082
Group   Network Related Kernel Runtime Parameters for Hosts and Routers   Group contains 12 rules

[ref]   Certain kernel parameters should be set for systems which are acting as either hosts or routers to improve the system's ability defend against certain types of IPv4 protocol attacks.

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure Redirects for All Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = 0

Rationale:

Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50327r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.3, 3.1.20, CCI-001503, CCI-001551, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000086

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure Redirects By Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = 0

Rationale:

Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50333r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.3, 3.1.20, CCI-001551, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5, SC-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000090

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets By Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0

Rationale:

Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is legitimately functioning as a router.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50330r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.1, 5.10.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001551, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5, SC-7, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000089

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects for All Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50325r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.2, 5.10.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, CCI-001503, CCI-001551, CM-6(d), CM-7, SC-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000084

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter to Ignore ICMP Broadcast Echo Requests   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts=1
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts = 1

Rationale:

Responding to broadcast (ICMP) echoes facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.
Ignoring ICMP echo requests (pings) sent to broadcast or multicast addresses makes the system slightly more difficult to enumerate on the network.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50336r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-001551, 3.2.5, 5.10.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value="1"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts=$sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value

#
# If net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value: !!str |-
        1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000092

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering by Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=1
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = 1

Rationale:

Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small networks.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50345r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.7, 3.1.20, AC-4, SC-5, SC-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value="1"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value: !!str |-
        1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000097

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter to Log Martian Packets   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians=1
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians = 1

Rationale:

The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses) as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity to be detected.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50329r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, AC-3(10), 3.2.4, 3.1.20, CCI-000126, AC-17(7), CM-7, SC-5(3)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value="1"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value: !!str |-
        1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(10)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(7)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(3)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000088

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects By Default   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0

Rationale:

ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50334r3_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.2, 5.10.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-001551, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5, SC-7, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000091

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter to Use TCP Syncookies   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=1
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = 1

Rationale:

A TCP SYN flood attack can cause a denial of service by filling a system's TCP connection table with connections in the SYN_RCVD state. Syncookies can be used to track a connection when a subsequent ACK is received, verifying the initiator is attempting a valid connection and is not a flood source. This feature is activated when a flood condition is detected, and enables the system to continue servicing valid connection requests.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50340r2_rule, SRG-OS-000142, CCI-001092, CCI-001095, 3.2.8, 5.10.1.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, AC-4, SC-5(1)(2), SC-5(2), SC-5(3), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value="1"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=$sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value

#
# If net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value: !!str |-
        1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(1)(2)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(2)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5(3)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - CJIS-5.10.1.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000095

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering for All Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=1
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = 1

Rationale:

Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small networks.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50343r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.7, 3.1.20, CCI-001551, AC-4, SC-5, SC-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value="1"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value: !!str |-
        1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-53-SC-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000096

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter to Ignore Bogus ICMP Error Responses   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=1
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = 1

Rationale:

Ignoring bogus ICMP error responses reduces log size, although some activity would not be logged.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50338r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 3.2.6, 3.1.20, CM-7, SC-5

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value="1"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=$sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value

#
# If net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value: !!str |-
        1
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000093

Rule   Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting IPv4 Source-Routed Packets for All Interfaces   [ref]

To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: 

$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
If this is not the system default value, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d: 
net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0

Rationale:

Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.

Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50324r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-001551, 3.2.1, 3.1.20, CCI-000366, AC-4, CM-7, SC-5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable

sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value="0"

#
# Set runtime for net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route
#
/sbin/sysctl -q -n -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value

#
# If net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route present in /etc/sysctl.conf, change value to appropriate value
#	else, add "net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = value" to /etc/sysctl.conf
#
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route' "$sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value" ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
Reboot:true
Strategy:disable
- name: XCCDF Value sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value: !!str |-
        0
  tags:
    - always

- name: Ensure sysctl net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route is set
  sysctl:
    name: net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route
    value: "{{ sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route_value }}"
    state: present
    reload: yes
  tags:
    - sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-SC-5
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.20
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000083
Group   iptables and ip6tables   Group contains 1 group and 2 rules

[ref]   A host-based firewall called netfilter is included as part of the Linux kernel distributed with the system. It is activated by default. This firewall is controlled by the program iptables, and the entire capability is frequently referred to by this name. An analogous program called ip6tables handles filtering for IPv6.

Unlike TCP Wrappers, which depends on the network server program to support and respect the rules written, netfilter filtering occurs at the kernel level, before a program can even process the data from the network packet. As such, any program on the system is affected by the rules written.

This section provides basic information about strengthening the iptables and ip6tables configurations included with the system. For more complete information that may allow the construction of a sophisticated ruleset tailored to your environment, please consult the references at the end of this section.

Group   Inspect and Activate Default Rules   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   View the currently-enforced iptables rules by running the command: 

$ sudo iptables -nL --line-numbers
The command is analogous for ip6tables.

If the firewall does not appear to be active (i.e., no rules appear), activate it and ensure that it starts at boot by issuing the following commands (and analogously for ip6tables): 
$ sudo service iptables restart
The default iptables rules are: 
Chain INPUT (policy ACCEPT)
num  target     prot opt source       destination
1    ACCEPT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    state RELATED,ESTABLISHED 
2    ACCEPT     icmp --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0
3    ACCEPT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0
4    ACCEPT     tcp  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    state NEW tcp dpt:22 
5    REJECT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    reject-with icmp-host-prohibited 

Chain FORWARD (policy ACCEPT)
num  target     prot opt source       destination
1    REJECT     all  --  0.0.0.0/0    0.0.0.0/0    reject-with icmp-host-prohibited 

Chain OUTPUT (policy ACCEPT)
num  target     prot opt source       destination
The ip6tables default rules are essentially the same.

Rule   Verify iptables Enabled   [ref]

The iptables service can be enabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig --level 2345 iptables on

Rationale:

The iptables service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv4 and ICMP.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000032, CCI-000066, CCI-001115, CCI-001118, CCI-001092, CCI-001117, CCI-001098, CCI-001100, CCI-001097, CCI-001414, SRG-OS-000146, SRG-OS-000152, SRG-OS-000145, SV-50313r2_rule, AC-4, CA-3(c), CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'iptables' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'iptables' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service iptables
  service:
    name: iptables
    enabled: "yes"
    state: "started"
  tags:
    - service_iptables_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CA-3(c)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000117

Rule   Verify ip6tables Enabled if Using IPv6   [ref]

The ip6tables service can be enabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig --level 2345 ip6tables on

Rationale:

The ip6tables service provides the system's host-based firewalling capability for IPv6 and ICMPv6.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000032, CCI-000066, CCI-001115, CCI-001118, CCI-001092, CCI-001117, CCI-001098, CCI-001100, CCI-001097, CCI-001414, SRG-OS-000152, SRG-OS-000145, SRG-OS-000146, SV-50350r3_rule, AC-4, CA-3(c), CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'ip6tables' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'ip6tables' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service ip6tables
  service:
    name: ip6tables
    enabled: "yes"
    state: "started"
  tags:
    - service_ip6tables_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-4
    - NIST-800-53-CA-3(c)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000103
Group   Wireless Networking   Group contains 1 group and 2 rules

[ref]   Wireless networking, such as 802.11 (WiFi) and Bluetooth, can present a security risk to sensitive or classified systems and networks. Wireless networking hardware is much more likely to be included in laptop or portable systems than in desktops or servers.

Removal of hardware provides the greatest assurance that the wireless capability remains disabled. Acquisition policies often include provisions to prevent the purchase of equipment that will be used in sensitive spaces and includes wireless capabilities. If it is impractical to remove the wireless hardware, and policy permits the device to enter sensitive spaces as long as wireless is disabled, efforts should instead focus on disabling wireless capability via software.

Group   Disable Wireless Through Software Configuration   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   If it is impossible to remove the wireless hardware from the device in question, disable as much of it as possible through software. The following methods can disable software support for wireless networking, but note that these methods do not prevent malicious software or careless users from re-activating the devices.

Rule   Disable WiFi or Bluetooth in BIOS   [ref]

Some machines that include built-in wireless support offer the ability to disable the device through the BIOS. This is hardware-specific; consult your hardware manual or explore the BIOS setup during boot.

Rationale:

Disabling wireless support in the BIOS prevents easy activation of the wireless interface, generally requiring administrators to reboot the system first.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000085, AC-17(8), AC-18(a), AC-18(d), AC-18(3), CM-7

Rule   Deactivate Wireless Network Interfaces   [ref]

Deactivating wireless network interfaces should prevent normal usage of the wireless capability.

Configure the system to disable all wireless network interfaces with the following command: 

$ sudo nmcli radio wifi off

Rationale:

The use of wireless networking can introduce many different attack vectors into the organization's network. Common attack vectors such as malicious association and ad hoc networks will allow an attacker to spoof a wireless access point (AP), allowing validated systems to connect to the malicious AP and enabling the attacker to monitor and record network traffic. These malicious APs can also serve to create a man-in-the-middle attack or be used to create a denial of service to valid network resources.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-87461r1_rule, 4.3.1, 3.1.16, CCI-000085, CCI-002418, AC-17(8), AC-18(a), AC-18(d), AC-18(3), CM-7, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188, 041010

Group   Set Boot Loader Password   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   During the boot process, the boot loader is responsible for starting the execution of the kernel and passing options to it. The boot loader allows for the selection of different kernels - possibly on different partitions or media. The default Red Hat Enterprise Linux boot loader for x86 systems is called GRUB. Options it can pass to the kernel include single-user mode, which provides root access without any authentication, and the ability to disable SELinux. To prevent local users from modifying the boot parameters and endangering security, protect the boot loader configuration with a password and ensure its configuration file's permissions are set properly.

Rule   Verify /etc/grub.conf Group Ownership   [ref]

The file /etc/grub.conf should be group-owned by the root group to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the group owner of /etc/grub.conf, run the command: 

$ sudo chgrp root /etc/grub.conf

Rationale:

The root group is a highly-privileged group. Furthermore, the group-owner of this file should not have any access privileges anyway.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000225, SRG-OS-999999, SV-50382r2_rule, AC-6(7), Req-7.1

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chgrp 0 /boot/grub/grub.conf
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /boot/grub/grub.conf
  stat:
    path: /boot/grub/grub.conf
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure group owner 0 on /boot/grub/grub.conf
  file:
    path: /boot/grub/grub.conf
    group: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_groupowner_grub_conf
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(7)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-7.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000066

Rule   Set Boot Loader Password in grub.conf   [ref]

The grub boot loader should have password protection enabled to protect boot-time settings. To do so, select a password and then generate a hash from it by running the following command: 

$ grub-crypt --sha-512
When prompted to enter a password, insert the following line into /etc/grub.conf immediately after the header comments. (Use the output from grub-crypt as the value of password-hash): 
password --encrypted password-hash
NOTE: To meet FISMA Moderate, the bootloader password MUST differ from the root password.

Rationale:

Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures users with physical access cannot trivially alter important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use, and whether to enter single-user mode.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000213, SRG-OS-000080, SV-50386r4_rule, IA-2(1), IA-5(e) AC-3

Rule   Verify /etc/grub.conf User Ownership   [ref]

The file /etc/grub.conf should be owned by the root user to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the owner of /etc/grub.conf, run the command: 

$ sudo chown root /etc/grub.conf

Rationale:

Only root should be able to modify important boot parameters.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000225, SRG-OS-999999, SV-50380r2_rule, AC-6(7), Req-7.1

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chown 0 /boot/grub/grub.conf
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Test for existence /boot/grub/grub.conf
  stat:
    path: /boot/grub/grub.conf
  register: file_exists

- name: Ensure owner 0 on /boot/grub/grub.conf
  file:
    path: /boot/grub/grub.conf
    owner: 0
  when: file_exists.stat.exists
  tags:
    - file_owner_grub_conf
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(7)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-7.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000065

Rule   Verify /boot/grub/grub.conf Permissions   [ref]

File permissions for /boot/grub/grub.conf should be set to 600, which is the default. To properly set the permissions of /boot/grub/grub.conf, run the command: 

$ sudo chmod 600 /boot/grub/grub.conf

Rationale:

Proper permissions ensure that only the root user can modify important boot parameters.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000225, SRG-OS-999999, SV-50384r4_rule, AC-6(7)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure

chmod 600 /boot/grub/grub.conf
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:configure
- name: Ensure permission 600 on /boot/grub/grub.conf
  file:
    path: /boot/grub/grub.conf
    mode: 600
  tags:
    - file_permissions_grub_conf
    - medium_severity
    - configure_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6(7)
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000067
Group   Installing and Maintaining Software   Group contains 6 groups and 14 rules

[ref]   The following sections contain information on security-relevant choices during the initial operating system installation process and the setup of software updates.

Group   System and Software Integrity   Group contains 3 groups and 6 rules

[ref]   System and software integrity can be gained by installing antivirus, increasing system encryption strength with FIPS, verifying installed software, enabling SELinux, installing an Intrusion Prevention System, etc. However, installing or enabling integrity checking tools cannot prevent intrusions, but they can detect that an intrusion may have occurred. Requirements for integrity checking may be highly dependent on the environment in which the system will be used. Snapshot-based approaches such as AIDE may induce considerable overhead in the presence of frequent software updates.

Group   Software Integrity Checking   Group contains 2 groups and 5 rules

[ref]   Both the AIDE (Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment) software and the RPM package management system provide mechanisms for verifying the integrity of installed software. AIDE uses snapshots of file metadata (such as hashes) and compares these to current system files in order to detect changes.

The RPM package management system can conduct integrity checks by comparing information in its metadata database with files installed on the system.

Group   Verify Integrity with AIDE   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   AIDE conducts integrity checks by comparing information about files with previously-gathered information. Ideally, the AIDE database is created immediately after initial system configuration, and then again after any software update. AIDE is highly configurable, with further configuration information located in /usr/share/doc/aide-VERSION.

Rule   Install AIDE   [ref]

The aide package can be installed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum install aide

Rationale:

The AIDE package must be installed if it is to be available for integrity checking.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-001069, SRG-OS-000232, SV-50290r1_rule, 1.3.1, 5.10.1.3, CM-3(d), CM-3(e), CM-6(d), CM-6(3), SC-28, SI-7, Req-11.5

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
# Function to install packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_install aide
#
function package_install {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_install 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get install -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_install aide
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Ensure aide is installed
  package:
    name: aide
    state: present
  tags:
    - package_aide_installed
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-28
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000016
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
include install_aide

class install_aide {
  package { 'aide':
    ensure => 'installed',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

package --add=aide

Rule   Build and Test AIDE Database   [ref]

Run the following command to generate a new database: 

$ sudo /usr/sbin/aide --init
By default, the database will be written to the file /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz. Storing the database, the configuration file /etc/aide.conf, and the binary /usr/sbin/aide (or hashes of these files), in a secure location (such as on read-only media) provides additional assurance about their integrity. The newly-generated database can be installed as follows: 
$ sudo cp /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz
To initiate a manual check, run the following command: 
$ sudo /usr/sbin/aide --check
If this check produces any unexpected output, investigate.

Rationale:

For AIDE to be effective, an initial database of "known-good" information about files must be captured and it should be able to be verified against the installed files.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000374, CCI-000416, CCI-001069, CCI-001263, CCI-001297, CCI-001589, SRG-OS-000232, SV-65601r1_rule, 5.10.1.3, CM-3(d), CM-3(e), CM-6(d), CM-6(3), SC-28, SI-7, Req-11.5

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to install packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_install aide
#
function package_install {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_install 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get install -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_install aide

/usr/sbin/aide --init
/bin/cp -p /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: "Ensure AIDE is installed"
  package:
    name: "{{item}}"
    state: present
  with_items:
    - aide
  tags:
    - aide_build_database
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-28
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000018

- name: "Build and Test AIDE Database"
  shell: /usr/sbin/aide --init
  tags:
    - aide_build_database
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-28
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000018

# mainly to allow ansible's check mode to work
- name: "Check whether the stock AIDE Database exists"
  stat:
    path: /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz
  register: aide_database_stat
  tags:
    - aide_build_database
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-28
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000018

- name: "Stage AIDE Database"
  copy:
    src: /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz
    dest: /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz
    backup: yes
    remote_src: yes
  when: aide_database_stat.stat.exists is defined and aide_database_stat.stat.exists
  tags:
    - aide_build_database
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-28
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000018

Rule   Configure Periodic Execution of AIDE   [ref]

At a minimum, AIDE should be configured to run a weekly scan. At most, AIDE should be run daily. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 

05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check
To implement a weekly execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab: 
05 4 * * 0 root /usr/sbin/aide --check
AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example. The usage of cron's special time codes, such as @daily and @weekly is acceptable.

Rationale:

By default, AIDE does not install itself for periodic execution. Periodically running AIDE is necessary to reveal unexpected changes in installed files.

Unauthorized changes to the baseline configuration could make the system vulnerable to various attacks or allow unauthorized access to the operating system. Changes to operating system configurations can have unintended side effects, some of which may be relevant to security.

Detecting such changes and providing an automated response can help avoid unintended, negative consequences that could ultimately affect the security state of the operating system. The operating system's Information Management Officer (IMO)/Information System Security Officer (ISSO) and System Administrators (SAs) must be notified via email and/or monitoring system trap when there is an unauthorized modification of a configuration item.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000374, CCI-000416, CCI-001069, CCI-001263, CCI-001297, CCI-001589, SRG-OS-000202, SRG-OS-000094, SRG-OS-000098, SRG-OS-000232, SRG-OS-000196, SRG-OS-000265, SV-50471r2_rule, 1.3.2, 5.10.1.3, CCI-001744, CM-3(d), CM-3(e), CM-3(5), CM-6(d), CM-6(3), SC-28, SI-7, Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000363-GPOS-00150

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to install packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_install aide
#
function package_install {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_install 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if ! rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum install -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get install -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_install aide

if ! grep -q "/usr/sbin/aide --check" /etc/crontab ; then
    echo "05 4 * * * root /usr/sbin/aide --check" >> /etc/crontab
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: "Ensure AIDE is installed"
  package:
    name: "{{item}}"
    state: present
  with_items:
    - aide
  tags:
    - aide_periodic_cron_checking
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(5)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-28
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000306

- name: "Configure Periodic Execution of AIDE"
  cron:
    name: "run AIDE check"
    minute: 05
    hour: 04
    weekday: 0
    user: root
    job: "/usr/sbin/aide --check"
  tags:
    - aide_periodic_cron_checking
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(e)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-3(5)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SC-28
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.1.3
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000306
Group   Verify Integrity with RPM   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The RPM package management system includes the ability to verify the integrity of installed packages by comparing the installed files with information about the files taken from the package metadata stored in the RPM database. Although an attacker could corrupt the RPM database (analogous to attacking the AIDE database as described above), this check can still reveal modification of important files. To list which files on the system differ from what is expected by the RPM database: 

$ rpm -qVa
See the man page for rpm to see a complete explanation of each column.

Rule   Verify and Correct File Permissions with RPM   [ref]

The RPM package management system can check file access permissions of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. Verify that the file permissions of system files and commands match vendor values. Check the file permissions with the following command: 

$ sudo rpm -Va | grep '^.M'
Output indicates files that do not match vendor defaults. After locating a file with incorrect permissions, run the following command to determine which package owns it: 
$ rpm -qf FILENAME

Next, run the following command to reset its permissions to the correct values: 
$ sudo rpm --quiet --setperms PACKAGENAME

Warning:  Note: Due to a bug in the gdm package, the RPM verify command may continue to fail even after file permissions have been correctly set on /var/log/gdm. This is being tracked in Red Hat Bugzilla #1277603.
Rationale:

Permissions on system binaries and configuration files that are too generous could allow an unauthorized user to gain privileges that they should not have. The permissions set by the vendor should be maintained. Any deviations from this baseline should be investigated.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-001493, CCI-001495, SI-7, SRG-OS-999999, SRG-OS-000256, SV-50252r2_rule, 1.2.6, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.1.5, 6.1.6, 6.1.7, 6.1.8, 6.1.9, 6.2.3, 5.10.4.1, 3.3.8, 3.4.1, CCI-001494, CCI-001496, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), AC-6, AU-9(1), AU-9(3), CM-6(d), CM-6(3), Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000257-GPOS-00098, SRG-OS-000278-GPOS-00108

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:high
Disruption:medium
Strategy:restrict

# Declare array to hold list of RPM packages we need to correct permissions for
declare -a SETPERMS_RPM_LIST

# Create a list of files on the system having permissions different from what
# is expected by the RPM database
FILES_WITH_INCORRECT_PERMS=($(rpm -Va --nofiledigest | grep '^.M' | awk '{print $NF}'))

# For each file path from that list:
# * Determine the RPM package the file path is shipped by,
# * Include it into SETPERMS_RPM_LIST array

for FILE_PATH in "${FILES_WITH_INCORRECT_PERMS[@]}"
do
	RPM_PACKAGE=$(rpm -qf "$FILE_PATH")
	SETPERMS_RPM_LIST=("${SETPERMS_RPM_LIST[@]}" "$RPM_PACKAGE")
done

# Remove duplicate mention of same RPM in $SETPERMS_RPM_LIST (if any)
SETPERMS_RPM_LIST=( $(echo "${SETPERMS_RPM_LIST[@]}" | tr ' ' '\n' | sort -u | tr '\n' ' ') )

# For each of the RPM packages left in the list -- reset its permissions to the
# correct values
for RPM_PACKAGE in "${SETPERMS_RPM_LIST[@]}"
do
	rpm --quiet --setperms "${RPM_PACKAGE}"
done
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:high
Disruption:medium
Strategy:restrict
- name: "Read list of files with incorrect permissions"
  shell: "rpm -Va --nofiledigest | awk '/^.M/ {print $NF}'"
  register: files_with_incorrect_permissions
  failed_when: False
  changed_when: False
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_permissions
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000518

- name: "Correct file permissions with RPM"
  shell: "rpm --quiet --setperms $(rpm -qf '{{item}}')"
  with_items: "{{ files_with_incorrect_permissions.stdout_lines }}"
  when: files_with_incorrect_permissions.stdout_lines | length > 0
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_permissions
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-9(3)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000518

Rule   Verify File Hashes with RPM   [ref]

Without cryptographic integrity protections, system executables and files can be altered by unauthorized users without detection. The RPM package management system can check the hashes of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. To verify that the cryptographic hash of system files and commands match vendor values, run the following command to list which files on the system have hashes that differ from what is expected by the RPM database: 

$ rpm -Va | grep '^..5'
A "c" in the second column indicates that a file is a configuration file, which may appropriately be expected to change. If the file was not expected to change, investigate the cause of the change using audit logs or other means. The package can then be reinstalled to restore the file. Run the following command to determine which package owns the file: 
$ rpm -qf FILENAME
The package can be reinstalled from a yum repository using the command: 
$ sudo yum reinstall PACKAGENAME
Alternatively, the package can be reinstalled from trusted media using the command: 
$ sudo rpm -Uvh PACKAGENAME

Rationale:

The hashes of important files like system executables should match the information given by the RPM database. Executables with erroneous hashes could be a sign of nefarious activity on the system.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-001496, SRG-OS-999999, SRG-OS-000278, SV-50247r4_rule, 1.2.6, 5.10.4.1, 3.3.8, 3.4.1, CCI-000663, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), CM-6(d), CM-6(3), SI-7(1), Req-11.5, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


# Find which files have incorrect hash (not in /etc, because there are all system related config. files) and then get files names
files_with_incorrect_hash="$(rpm -Va | grep -E '^..5.* /(bin|sbin|lib|lib64|usr)/' | awk '{print $NF}' )"
# From files names get package names and change newline to space, because rpm writes each package to new line
packages_to_reinstall="$(rpm -qf $files_with_incorrect_hash | tr '\n' ' ')"

yum reinstall -y $packages_to_reinstall
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:high
Disruption:medium
- name: "Set fact: Package manager reinstall command (dnf)"
  set_fact:
    package_manager_reinstall_cmd: dnf reinstall -y
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000519

- name: "Set fact: Package manager reinstall command (yum)"
  set_fact:
    package_manager_reinstall_cmd: yum reinstall -y
  when: ansible_distribution == "RedHat" or ansible_distribution == "OracleLinux"
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000519

- name: "Read files with incorrect hash"
  shell: "rpm -Va | grep -E '^..5.* /(bin|sbin|lib|lib64|usr)/' | awk '{print $NF}'"
  register: files_with_incorrect_hash
  changed_when: False
  when: package_manager_reinstall_cmd is defined
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000519

- name: "Reinstall packages of files with incorrect hash"
  shell: "{{package_manager_reinstall_cmd}} $(rpm -qf '{{item}}')"
  with_items: "{{ files_with_incorrect_hash.stdout_lines }}"
  when: package_manager_reinstall_cmd is defined and (files_with_incorrect_hash.stdout_lines | length > 0)
  tags:
    - rpm_verify_hashes
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - high_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(d)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7(1)
    - NIST-800-171-3.3.8
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.1
    - PCI-DSS-Req-11.5
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000519
Group   Updating Software   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   The yum command line tool is used to install and update software packages. The system also provides a graphical software update tool in the System menu, in the Administration submenu, called Software Update.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 systems contain an installed software catalog called the RPM database, which records metadata of installed packages. Consistently using yum or the graphical Software Update for all software installation allows for insight into the current inventory of installed software on the system.

Rule   Ensure Red Hat GPG Key Installed   [ref]

To ensure the system can cryptographically verify base software packages come from Red Hat (and to connect to the Red Hat Network to receive them), the Red Hat GPG key must properly be installed. To install the Red Hat GPG key, run: 

$ sudo subscription-manager register
If the system is not connected to the Internet or an RHN Satellite, then install the Red Hat GPG key from trusted media such as the Red Hat installation CD-ROM or DVD. Assuming the disc is mounted in /media/cdrom, use the following command as the root user to import it into the keyring: 
$ sudo rpm --import /media/cdrom/RPM-GPG-KEY

Rationale:

Changes to software components can have significant effects on the overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. The Red Hat GPG key is necessary to cryptographically verify packages are from Red Hat.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50276r3_rule, SRG-OS-000090, CCI-000351, 1.2.3, 5.10.4.1, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), CM-5(3), SI-7, MA-1(b), Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# The two fingerprints below are retrieved from https://access.redhat.com/security/team/key
readonly REDHAT_RELEASE_2_FINGERPRINT="567E 347A D004 4ADE 55BA 8A5F 199E 2F91 FD43 1D51"
readonly REDHAT_AUXILIARY_FINGERPRINT="43A6 E49C 4A38 F4BE 9ABF 2A53 4568 9C88 2FA6 58E0"
# Location of the key we would like to import (once it's integrity verified)
readonly REDHAT_RELEASE_KEY="/etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-redhat-release"

RPM_GPG_DIR_PERMS=$(stat -c %a "$(dirname "$REDHAT_RELEASE_KEY")")

# Verify /etc/pki/rpm-gpg directory permissions are safe
if [ "${RPM_GPG_DIR_PERMS}" -le "755" ]
then
  # If they are safe, try to obtain fingerprints from the key file
  # (to ensure there won't be e.g. CRC error).
  IFS=$'\n' GPG_OUT=($(gpg --with-fingerprint "${REDHAT_RELEASE_KEY}" | grep 'Key fingerprint ='))
  GPG_RESULT=$?
  # Reset IFS back to default
  unset IFS
  # No CRC error, safe to proceed
  if [ "${GPG_RESULT}" -eq "0" ]
  then
    tr -s ' ' <<< "${GPG_OUT}" | grep -vE "${REDHAT_RELEASE_2_FINGERPRINT}|${REDHAT_AUXILIARY_FINGERPRINT}" || {
      # If file doesn't contains any keys with unknown fingerprint, import it
      rpm --import "${REDHAT_RELEASE_KEY}"
    }
  fi
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:medium
Disruption:medium
Strategy:restrict
- name: "Read permission of GPG key directory"
  stat:
    path: /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/
  register: gpg_key_directory_permission
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - ensure_redhat_gpgkey_installed
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - medium_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000008

# It should fail if it doesn't find any fingerprints in file - maybe file was not parsed well.

- name: Read signatures in GPG key
  shell: gpg --with-fingerprint '/etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-redhat-release' | grep 'Key fingerprint =' | tr -s ' ' | sed 's;.*= ;;g'
  changed_when: False
  register: gpg_fingerprints
  check_mode: no
  tags:
    - ensure_redhat_gpgkey_installed
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - medium_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000008

- name: Set Fact - Valid fingerprints
  set_fact:
     gpg_valid_fingerprints: ("567E 347A D004 4ADE 55BA 8A5F 199E 2F91 FD43 1D51" "43A6 E49C 4A38 F4BE 9ABF 2A53 4568 9C88 2FA6 58E0")
  tags:
    - ensure_redhat_gpgkey_installed
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - medium_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000008

- name: Import RedHat GPG key
  rpm_key:
    state: present
    key: /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-redhat-release
  when:
    (gpg_key_directory_permission.stat.mode <= '0755')
    and (( gpg_fingerprints.stdout_lines | difference(gpg_valid_fingerprints)) | length == 0)
    and (gpg_fingerprints.stdout_lines | length > 0)
    and (ansible_distribution == "RedHat")
  tags:
    - ensure_redhat_gpgkey_installed
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - medium_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000008

Rule   Ensure gpgcheck Enabled In Main yum Configuration   [ref]

The gpgcheck option controls whether RPM packages' signatures are always checked prior to installation. To configure yum to check package signatures before installing them, ensure the following line appears in /etc/yum.conf in the [main] section: 

gpgcheck=1

Rationale:

Changes to any software components can have significant effects on the overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor.
Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system components must be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the organization.
Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an approved Certificate Authority (CA).

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50283r1_rule, SRG-OS-000103, CCI-000352, CCI-000663, 1.2.2, 5.10.4.1, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), CM-5(3), SI-7, MA-1(b), Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append "/etc/yum.conf" '^gpgcheck' '1' ''
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
- name: Check existence of yum on Fedora
  stat:
    path: /etc/yum.conf
  register: yum_config_file
  check_mode: no
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"

# Old versions of Fedora use yum

- name: Ensure GPG check is globally activated (yum)
  ini_file:
    dest: "{{item}}"
    section: main
    option: gpgcheck
    value: 1
    create: False
  with_items: "/etc/yum.conf"
  when: ansible_distribution == "RedHat" or ansible_distribution == "CentOS" or yum_config_file.stat.exists
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000013

- name: Ensure GPG check is globally activated (dnf)
  ini_file:
    dest: "{{item}}"
    section: main
    option: gpgcheck
    value: 1
    create: False
  with_items: "/etc/dnf/dnf.conf"
  when: ansible_distribution == "Fedora"
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000013

Rule   Ensure gpgcheck Enabled For All yum Package Repositories   [ref]

To ensure signature checking is not disabled for any repos, remove any lines from files in /etc/yum.repos.d of the form: 

gpgcheck=0

Rationale:

Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an approved Certificate Authority (CA).

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50288r1_rule, SRG-OS-000103, CCI-000352, CCI-000663, 5.10.4.1, 3.4.8, CCI-001749, 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i), CM-5(3), SI-7, MA-1(b), Req-6.2, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

sed -i 's/gpgcheck=.*/gpgcheck=1/g' /etc/yum.repos.d/*
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:medium
#
- name: Find All yum Repositories
  find:
    paths: "/etc/yum.repos.d/"
    patterns: "*.repo"
  register: yum_find

- name: Ensure gpgcheck Enabled For All yum Package Repositories
  with_items: "{{ yum_find.files }}"
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: "{{ item.path }}"
    regexp: '^gpgcheck'
    line: 'gpgcheck=1'
  tags:
    - ensure_gpgcheck_never_disabled
    - high_severity
    - unknown_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - medium_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-5(3)
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-MA-1(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.4.8
    - PCI-DSS-Req-6.2
    - CJIS-5.10.4.1
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000015
Group   Disk Partitioning   Group contains 5 rules

[ref]   To ensure separation and protection of data, there are top-level system directories which should be placed on their own physical partition or logical volume. The installer's default partitioning scheme creates separate logical volumes for /, /boot, and swap.

  • If starting with any of the default layouts, check the box to \"Review and modify partitioning.\" This allows for the easy creation of additional logical volumes inside the volume group already created, though it may require making /'s logical volume smaller to create space. In general, using logical volumes is preferable to using partitions because they can be more easily adjusted later.
  • If creating a custom layout, create the partitions mentioned in the previous paragraph (which the installer will require anyway), as well as separate ones described in the following sections.
If a system has already been installed, and the default partitioning scheme was used, it is possible but nontrivial to modify it to create separate logical volumes for the directories listed above. The Logical Volume Manager (LVM) makes this possible. See the LVM HOWTO at http://tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/ for more detailed information on LVM.

Rule   Ensure /var Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to store frequently-changing data. Ensure that /var has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

Rationale:

Ensuring that /var is mounted on its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options. This helps protect system services such as daemons or other programs which use it. It is not uncommon for the /var directory to contain world-writable directories installed by other software packages.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50256r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, SC-32, CCI-001208, 1.1.6, CCI-000366, SC-32(1), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure /home Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

If user home directories will be stored locally, create a separate partition for /home at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If /home will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the mountpoint can instead be configured later.

Rationale:

Ensuring that /home is mounted on its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options, and also helps ensure that users cannot trivially fill partitions used for log or audit data storage.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50273r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, SC-32, 1.1.13, CCI-000366, CCI-001208, SC-32(1), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure /tmp Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

Rationale:

The /tmp partition is used as temporary storage by many programs. Placing /tmp in its own partition enables the setting of more restrictive mount options, which can help protect programs which use it.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50255r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, SC-32, CCI-001208, 1.1.2, CCI-000366, SC-32(1), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Rule   Ensure /var/log Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

System logs are stored in the /var/log directory. Ensure that it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.

Rationale:

Placing /var/log in its own partition enables better separation between log files and other files in /var/.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50263r1_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-001208, 1.1.11, AU-9, SC-32

Rule   Ensure /var/log/audit Located On Separate Partition   [ref]

Audit logs are stored in the /var/log/audit directory. Ensure that it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it later using LVM. Make absolutely certain that it is large enough to store all audit logs that will be created by the auditing daemon.

Rationale:

Placing /var/log/audit in its own partition enables better separation between audit files and other files, and helps ensure that auditing cannot be halted due to the partition running out of space.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50267r1_rule, SRG-OS-000044, SC-32, CCI-001208, CCI-000137, CCI-000138, 1.1.12, CCI-000366, 164.312(a)(2)(ii), A.12.3.1, AU-4, AU-9, SC-32(1), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Group   Services   Group contains 42 groups and 45 rules

[ref]   The best protection against vulnerable software is running less software. This section describes how to review the software which Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 installs on a system and disable software which is not needed. It then enumerates the software packages installed on a default Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 system and provides guidance about which ones can be safely disabled.

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 provides a convenient minimal install option that essentially installs the bare necessities for a functional system. When building Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 systems, it is highly recommended to select the minimal packages and then build up the system from there.

Group   SSH Server   Group contains 1 group and 9 rules

[ref]   The SSH protocol is recommended for remote login and remote file transfer. SSH provides confidentiality and integrity for data exchanged between two systems, as well as server authentication, through the use of public key cryptography. The implementation included with the system is called OpenSSH, and more detailed documentation is available from its website, http://www.openssh.org. Its server program is called sshd and provided by the RPM package openssh-server.

Group   Configure OpenSSH Server if Necessary   Group contains 9 rules

[ref]   If the system needs to act as an SSH server, then certain changes should be made to the OpenSSH daemon configuration file /etc/ssh/sshd_config. The following recommendations can be applied to this file. See the sshd_config(5) man page for more detailed information.

Rule   Enable SSH Warning Banner   [ref]

To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent across the system, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config: 

Banner /etc/issue
Another section contains information on how to create an appropriate system-wide warning banner.

Rationale:

The warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and facilitates possible legal action against attackers. Alternatively, systems whose ownership should not be obvious should ensure usage of a banner that does not provide easy attribution.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50416r1_rule, SRG-OS-000023, 5.2.16, 5.5.6, 3.1.9, CCI-000048, CCI-000050, CCI-001384, CCI-001385, CCI-001386, CCI-001387, CCI-001388, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), AC-8(a), AC-8(b), AC-8(c)(1), AC-8(c)(2), AC-8(c)(3), SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000024-GPOS-00007, SRG-OS-000228-GPOS-00088

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


grep -q ^Banner /etc/ssh/sshd_config && \
  sed -i "s/Banner.*/Banner \/etc\/issue/g" /etc/ssh/sshd_config
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "Banner /etc/issue" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Enable SSH Warning Banner
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^Banner
    line: Banner /etc/issue
    validate: sshd -t -f %s
  tags:
    - sshd_enable_warning_banner
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(a)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(b)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(1)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-8(c)(3)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.9
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000240

Rule   Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files   [ref]

SSH can emulate the behavior of the obsolete rsh command in allowing users to enable insecure access to their accounts via .rhosts files.

To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config: 

IgnoreRhosts yes

Rationale:

SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50412r1_rule, SRG-OS-000106, CCI-000765, CCI-000766, 5.2.6, 5.5.6, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, AC-3, CM-6(a), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^IgnoreRhosts' 'yes' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^IgnoreRhosts
    line: IgnoreRhosts yes
    validate: sshd -t -f %s
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_rhosts
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(a)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000234

Rule   Set SSH Idle Timeout Interval   [ref]

SSH allows administrators to set an idle timeout interval. After this interval has passed, the idle user will be automatically logged out.

To set an idle timeout interval, edit the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows: 

ClientAliveInterval 300
The timeout interval is given in seconds. To have a timeout of 15 minutes, set interval to 900.

If a shorter timeout has already been set for the login shell, that value will preempt any SSH setting made here. Keep in mind that some processes may stop SSH from correctly detecting that the user is idle.

Rationale:

Terminating an idle ssh session within a short time period reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a management session enabled on the console or console port that has been let unattended.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50409r1_rule, SRG-OS-000163, SA-8, CCI-000879, 5.2.12, 5.5.6, 3.1.11, CCI-001133, CCI-002361, AC-2(5), SA-8(i), AC-12, Req-8.1.8, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109

Remediation Shell script:   (show)


sshd_idle_timeout_value="300"
# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^ClientAliveInterval' $sshd_idle_timeout_value '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: XCCDF Value sshd_idle_timeout_value # promote to variable
  set_fact:
    sshd_idle_timeout_value: !!str |-
        300
  tags:
    - always

- name: Set SSH Idle Timeout Interval
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^ClientAliveInterval
    line: "ClientAliveInterval {{ sshd_idle_timeout_value }}"
    validate: sshd -t -f %s
  #notify: restart sshd
  tags:
    - sshd_set_idle_timeout
    - unknown_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-SA-8
    - NIST-800-53-AC-2(5)
    - NIST-800-53-SA-8(i)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-12
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.11
    - PCI-DSS-Req-8.1.8
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000230

Rule   Allow Only SSH Protocol 2   [ref]

Only SSH protocol version 2 connections should be permitted. The default setting in /etc/ssh/sshd_config is correct, and can be verified by ensuring that the following line appears: 

Protocol 2

Warning:  As of openssh-server version 7.4 and above, the only protocol supported is version 2, and line 
Protocol 2
in /etc/ssh/sshd_config is not necessary.
Rationale:

SSH protocol version 1 is an insecure implementation of the SSH protocol and has many well-known vulnerability exploits. Exploits of the SSH daemon could provide immediate root access to the system.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50408r1_rule, SRG-OS-000112, AC-3(10), CCI-001436, CCI-000774, CCI-000776, 5.2.2, 5.5.6, 3.1.13, 3.5.4, CCI-000197, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), AC-17(8).1(ii), IA-5(1)(c), SRG-OS-000074-GPOS-00042, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^Protocol' '2' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict

- name: "Allow Only SSH Protocol 2"
  lineinfile:
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: "^Protocol [0-9]"
    line: "Protocol 2"
    validate: sshd -t -f %s
  #notify: :reload ssh
  tags:
    - sshd_allow_only_protocol2
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3(10)
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8).1(ii)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(c)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - NIST-800-171-3.5.4
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000227

Rule   Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords   [ref]

To explicitly disallow SSH login from accounts with empty passwords, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config: 

PermitEmptyPasswords no

Any accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords.

Rationale:

Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance that remote login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50415r1_rule, SRG-OS-000106, CCI-000765, CCI-000766, 5.2.9, 5.5.6, 3.1.1, 3.1.5, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), AC-3, AC-6, CM-6(b), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

# Function to replace configuration setting in config file or add the configuration setting if
# it does not exist.
#
# Expects arguments:
#
# config_file:		Configuration file that will be modified
# key:			Configuration option to change
# value:		Value of the configuration option to change
# cce:			The CCE identifier or '@CCENUM@' if no CCE identifier exists
# format:		The printf-like format string that will be given stripped key and value as arguments,
#			so e.g. '%s=%s' will result in key=value subsitution (i.e. without spaces around =)
#
# Optional arugments:
#
# format:		Optional argument to specify the format of how key/value should be
# 			modified/appended in the configuration file. The default is key = value.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     With default format of 'key = value':
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysctl.conf' '^kernel.randomize_va_space' '2' '@CCENUM@'
#
#     With custom key/value format:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' 'disabled' '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
#     With a variable:
#     replace_or_append '/etc/sysconfig/selinux' '^SELINUX=' $var_selinux_state '@CCENUM@' '%s=%s'
#
function replace_or_append {
  local default_format='%s = %s' case_insensitive_mode=yes sed_case_insensitive_option='' grep_case_insensitive_option=''
  local config_file=$1
  local key=$2
  local value=$3
  local cce=$4
  local format=$5

  if [ "$case_insensitive_mode" = yes ]; then
    sed_case_insensitive_option="i"
    grep_case_insensitive_option="-i"
  fi
  [ -n "$format" ] || format="$default_format"
  # Check sanity of the input
  [ $# -ge "3" ] || { echo "Usage: replace_or_append <config_file_location> <key_to_search> <new_value> [<CCE number or literal '@CCENUM@' if unknown>] [printf-like format, default is '$default_format']" >&2; exit 1; }

  # Test if the config_file is a symbolic link. If so, use --follow-symlinks with sed.
  # Otherwise, regular sed command will do.
  sed_command=('sed' '-i')
  if test -L "$config_file"; then
    sed_command+=('--follow-symlinks')
  fi

  # Test that the cce arg is not empty or does not equal @CCENUM@.
  # If @CCENUM@ exists, it means that there is no CCE assigned.
  if [ -n "$cce" ] && [ "$cce" != '@CCENUM@' ]; then
    cce="CCE-${cce}"
  else
    cce="CCE"
  fi

  # Strip any search characters in the key arg so that the key can be replaced without
  # adding any search characters to the config file.
  stripped_key=$(sed 's/[\^=\$,;+]*//g' <<< "$key")

  # shellcheck disable=SC2059
  printf -v formatted_output "$format" "$stripped_key" "$value"

  # If the key exists, change it. Otherwise, add it to the config_file.
  # We search for the key string followed by a word boundary (matched by \>),
  # so if we search for 'setting', 'setting2' won't match.
  if LC_ALL=C grep -q -m 1 $grep_case_insensitive_option -e "${key}\\>" "$config_file"; then
    "${sed_command[@]}" "s/${key}\\>.*/$formatted_output/g$sed_case_insensitive_option" "$config_file"
  else
    # \n is precaution for case where file ends without trailing newline
    printf '\n# Per %s: Set %s in %s\n' "$cce" "$formatted_output" "$config_file" >> "$config_file"
    printf '%s\n' "$formatted_output" >> "$config_file"
  fi
}

replace_or_append '/etc/ssh/sshd_config' '^PermitEmptyPasswords' 'no' '' '%s %s'
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^PermitEmptyPasswords
    line: PermitEmptyPasswords no
    validate: sshd -t -f %s
  tags:
    - sshd_disable_empty_passwords
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-6
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.1
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.5
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000239

Rule   Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated Ciphers   [ref]

Limit the ciphers to those algorithms which are FIPS-approved. Counter (CTR) mode is also preferred over cipher-block chaining (CBC) mode. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of FIPS-approved ciphers: 

Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc
The man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported ciphers.

Rationale:

Unapproved mechanisms that are used for authentication to the cryptographic module are not verified and therefore cannot be relied upon to provide confidentiality or integrity, and system data may be compromised.
Operating systems utilizing encryption are required to use FIPS-compliant mechanisms for authenticating to cryptographic modules.
FIPS 140-2 is the current standard for validating that mechanisms used to access cryptographic modules utilize authentication that meets industry and government requirements. For government systems, this allows Security Levels 1, 2, 3, or 4 for use on Red Hat Enterprise Linux.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50418r1_rule, SRG-OS-000169, SI-7, CCI-001144, CCI-001145, CCI-001146, 5.2.10, 5.5.6, 3.1.13, 3.13.11, 3.13.8, CCI-000068, CCI-000366, CCI-000803, 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(2), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(i), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), 164.314(b)(2)(i), AC-3, AC-17(2), AU-10(5), CM-6(b), IA-5(1)(c), IA-7, SRG-OS-000033-GPOS-00014, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061, SRG-OS-000125-GPOS-00065, SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093, SRG-OS-000393-GPOS-00173

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

grep -q ^Ciphers /etc/ssh/sshd_config && \
  sed -i "s/Ciphers.*/Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc/g" /etc/ssh/sshd_config
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Use Only Approved Ciphers
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^Ciphers
    line: Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc
    validate: sshd -t -f %s
  #notify: restart sshd
  tags:
    - sshd_use_approved_ciphers
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-SI-7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(2)
    - NIST-800-53-AU-10(5)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-5(1)(c)
    - NIST-800-53-IA-7
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
    - NIST-800-171-3.13.11
    - NIST-800-171-3.13.8
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000243

Rule   Disable Host-Based Authentication   [ref]

SSH's cryptographic host-based authentication is more secure than .rhosts authentication. However, it is not recommended that hosts unilaterally trust one another, even within an organization.

To disable host-based authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config: 

HostbasedAuthentication no

Rationale:

SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50413r1_rule, SRG-OS-000106, CCI-000765, CCI-000766, 5.2.7, 5.5.6, 3.1.12, CCI-000366, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), AC-3, CM-6(b), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

grep -q ^HostbasedAuthentication /etc/ssh/sshd_config && \
  sed -i "s/HostbasedAuthentication.*/HostbasedAuthentication no/g" /etc/ssh/sshd_config
if ! [ $? -eq 0 ]; then
    echo "HostbasedAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- name: Disable Host-Based Authentication
  lineinfile:
    create: yes
    dest: /etc/ssh/sshd_config
    regexp: ^HostbasedAuthentication
    line: HostbasedAuthentication no
  tags:
    - disable_host_auth
    - medium_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-3
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.12
    - CJIS-5.5.6
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000236

Rule   Limit Users' SSH Access   [ref]

By default, the SSH configuration allows any user with an account to access the system. In order to specify the users that are allowed to login via SSH and deny all other users, add or correct the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file: 

DenyUsers USER1 USER2
Where USER1 and USER2 are valid user names.

Rationale:

Specifying which accounts are allowed SSH access into the system reduces the possibility of unauthorized access to the system.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  3.1.12, AC-3

Group   SNMP Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The Simple Network Management Protocol allows administrators to monitor the state of network devices, including computers. Older versions of SNMP were well-known for weak security, such as plaintext transmission of the community string (used for authentication) and usage of easily-guessable choices for the community string.

Group   Disable SNMP Server if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The system includes an SNMP daemon that allows for its remote monitoring, though it not installed by default. If it was installed and activated but is not needed, the software should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Uninstall net-snmp Package   [ref]

The net-snmp package provides the snmpd service. The net-snmp package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase net-snmp

Rationale:

If there is no need to run SNMP server software, removing the package provides a safeguard against its activation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove net-snmp
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure net-snmp is removed
  package:
    name: net-snmp
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_net-snmp_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_net-snmp

class remove_net-snmp {
  package { 'net-snmp':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=net-snmp
Group   DNS Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Most organizations have an operational need to run at least one nameserver. However, there are many common attacks involving DNS server software, and this server software should be disabled on any system on which it is not needed.

Group   Disable DNS Server   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   DNS software should be disabled on any systems which does not need to be a nameserver. Note that the BIND DNS server software is not installed on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 by default. The remainder of this section discusses secure configuration of systems which must be nameservers.

Rule   Uninstall bind Package   [ref]

The named service is provided by the bind package. The bind package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase bind

Rationale:

If there is no need to make DNS server software available, removing it provides a safeguard against its activation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000366, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove bind
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure bind is removed
  package:
    name: bind
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_bind_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_bind

class remove_bind {
  package { 'bind':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=bind
Group   X Window System   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The X Window System implementation included with the system is called X.org.

Group   Disable X Windows   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Unless there is a mission-critical reason for the system to run a graphical user interface, ensure X is not set to start automatically at boot and remove the X Windows software packages. There is usually no reason to run X Windows on a dedicated server system, as it increases the system's attack surface and consumes system resources. Administrators of server systems should instead login via SSH or on the text console.

Rule   Remove the X Windows Package Group   [ref]

By removing the xorg-x11-server-common package, the system no longer has X Windows installed. If X Windows is not installed then the system cannot boot into graphical user mode. This prevents the system from being accidentally or maliciously booted into a graphical.target mode. To do so, run the following command: 

$ sudo yum groupremove "X Window System"
$ sudo yum remove xorg-x11-server-common

Rationale:

Unnecessary service packages must not be installed to decrease the attack surface of the system. X windows has a long history of security vulnerabilities and should not be installed unless approved and documented.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50477r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 2.2.2, CCI-000366, AC-17(8).1(ii), SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove xorg-x11-server-common
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure xorg-x11-server-common is removed
  package:
    name: xorg-x11-server-common
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_xorg-x11-server-common_removed
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8).1(ii)
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000291
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_xorg-x11-server-common

class remove_xorg-x11-server-common {
  package { 'xorg-x11-server-common':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=xorg-x11-server-common
Group   Samba(SMB) Microsoft Windows File Sharing Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   When properly configured, the Samba service allows Linux systems to provide file and print sharing to Microsoft Windows systems. There are two software packages that provide Samba support. The first, samba-client, provides a series of command line tools that enable a client system to access Samba shares. The second, simply labeled samba, provides the Samba service. It is this second package that allows a Linux system to act as an Active Directory server, a domain controller, or as a domain member. Only the samba-client package is installed by default.

Group   Disable Samba if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Even after the Samba server package has been installed, it will remain disabled. Do not enable this service unless it is absolutely necessary to provide Microsoft Windows file and print sharing functionality.

Rule   Uninstall Samba Package   [ref]

The samba package can be removed with the following command: 

 $ sudo yum erase samba

Rationale:

If there is no need to make the Samba software available, removing it provides a safeguard against its activation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove samba
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure samba is removed
  package:
    name: samba
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_samba_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_samba

class remove_samba {
  package { 'samba':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=samba
Group   Mail Server Software   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Mail servers are used to send and receive email over the network. Mail is a very common service, and Mail Transfer Agents (MTAs) are obvious targets of network attack. Ensure that systems are not running MTAs unnecessarily, and configure needed MTAs as defensively as possible.

Very few systems at any site should be configured to directly receive email over the network. Users should instead use mail client programs to retrieve email from a central server that supports protocols such as IMAP or POP3. However, it is normal for most systems to be independently capable of sending email, for instance so that cron jobs can report output to an administrator. Most MTAs, including Postfix, support a submission-only mode in which mail can be sent from the local system to a central site MTA (or directly delivered to a local account), but the system still cannot receive mail directly over a network.

The alternatives program in Red Hat Enterprise Linux permits selection of other mail server software (such as Sendmail), but Postfix is the default and is preferred. Postfix was coded with security in mind and can also be more effectively contained by SELinux as its modular design has resulted in separate processes performing specific actions. More information is available on its website, http://www.postfix.org.

Group   Configure SMTP For Mail Clients   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   This section discusses settings for Postfix in a submission-only e-mail configuration.

Rule   Disable Postfix Network Listening   [ref]

Edit the file /etc/postfix/main.cf to ensure that only the following inet_interfaces line appears: 

inet_interfaces = localhost

Rationale:

This ensures postfix accepts mail messages (such as cron job reports) from the local system only, and not from the network, which protects it from network attack.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50423r2_rule, SRG-OS-000096, 2.2.15, CCI-000382, CM-7

Group   LDAP   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   LDAP is a popular directory service, that is, a standardized way of looking up information from a central database. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 includes software that enables a system to act as both an LDAP client and server.

Group   Configure OpenLDAP Server   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   This section details some security-relevant settings for an OpenLDAP server. Installation and configuration of OpenLDAP on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 is available at: https://access.redhat.com/site/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Directory_Servers.html.

Rule   Uninstall openldap-servers Package   [ref]

The openldap-servers package should be removed if not in use. Is this system the OpenLDAP server? If not, remove the package. The openldap-servers package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase openldap-servers
The openldap-servers RPM is not installed by default on a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 system. It is needed only by the OpenLDAP server, not by the clients which use LDAP for authentication. If the system is not intended for use as an LDAP Server it should be removed.

Rationale:

Unnecessary packages should not be installed to decrease the attack surface of the system. While this software is clearly essential on an LDAP server, it is not necessary on typical desktop or workstation systems.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50428r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, CCI-000366, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove openldap-servers
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure openldap-servers is removed
  package:
    name: openldap-servers
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_openldap-servers_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000256
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_openldap-servers

class remove_openldap-servers {
  package { 'openldap-servers':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=openldap-servers
Group   DHCP   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows systems to request and obtain an IP address and other configuration parameters from a server.

This guide recommends configuring networking on clients by manually editing the appropriate files under /etc/sysconfig. Use of DHCP can make client systems vulnerable to compromise by rogue DHCP servers, and should be avoided unless necessary. If using DHCP is necessary, however, there are best practices that should be followed to minimize security risk.

Group   Disable DHCP Server   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The DHCP server dhcpd is not installed or activated by default. If the software was installed and activated, but the system does not need to act as a DHCP server, it should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Uninstall DHCP Server Package   [ref]

If the system does not need to act as a DHCP server, the dhcp package can be uninstalled. The dhcp package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase dhcp

Rationale:

Removing the DHCP server ensures that it cannot be easily or accidentally reactivated and disrupt network operation.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000366, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove dhcp
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure dhcp is removed
  package:
    name: dhcp
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_dhcp_removed
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_dhcp

class remove_dhcp {
  package { 'dhcp':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=dhcp
Group   Proxy Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   A proxy server is a very desirable target for a potential adversary because much (or all) sensitive data for a given infrastructure may flow through it. Therefore, if one is required, the system acting as a proxy server should be dedicated to that purpose alone and be stored in a physically secure location. The system's default proxy server software is Squid, and provided in an RPM package of the same name.

Group   Disable Squid if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If Squid was installed and activated, but the system does not need to act as a proxy server, then it should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Uninstall squid Package   [ref]

The squid package can be removed with the following command: 

 $ sudo yum erase squid

Rationale:

If there is no need to make the proxy server software available, removing it provides a safeguard against its activation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove squid
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure squid is removed
  package:
    name: squid
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_squid_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_squid

class remove_squid {
  package { 'squid':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=squid
Group   Obsolete Services   Group contains 6 groups and 12 rules

[ref]   This section discusses a number of network-visible services which have historically caused problems for system security, and for which disabling or severely limiting the service has been the best available guidance for some time. As a result of this, many of these services are not installed as part of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 by default.

Organizations which are running these services should switch to more secure equivalents as soon as possible. If it remains absolutely necessary to run one of these services for legacy reasons, care should be taken to restrict the service as much as possible, for instance by configuring host firewall software such as iptables to restrict access to the vulnerable service to only those remote hosts which have a known need to use it.

Group   Telnet   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The telnet protocol does not provide confidentiality or integrity for information transmitted on the network. This includes authentication information such as passwords. Organizations which use telnet should be actively working to migrate to a more secure protocol.

Rule   Uninstall telnet-server Package   [ref]

The telnet-server package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase telnet-server

Rationale:

It is detrimental for operating systems to provide, or install by default, functionality exceeding requirements or mission objectives. These unnecessary capabilities are often overlooked and therefore may remain unsecure. They increase the risk to the platform by providing additional attack vectors.
The telnet service provides an unencrypted remote access service which does not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the remote session. If a privileged user were to login using this service, the privileged user password could be compromised.
Removing the telnet-server package decreases the risk of the telnet service's accidental (or intentional) activation.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50388r1_rule, SRG-OS-000095, CM-7, CCI-000305, 2.1.1, CCI-000381, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), A.8.2.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, AC-17(8), CM-7(a), SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove telnet-server
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure telnet-server is removed
  package:
    name: telnet-server
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_telnet-server_removed
    - high_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000206
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_telnet-server

class remove_telnet-server {
  package { 'telnet-server':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=telnet-server

Rule   Remove telnet Clients   [ref]

The telnet client allows users to start connections to other \nsystems via the telnet protocol.

Rationale:

The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux.

Severity: 
low
Identifiers and References

References:  2.3.4, 3.1.13, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), A.8.2.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove telnet
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure telnet is removed
  package:
    name: telnet
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_telnet_removed
    - low_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_telnet

class remove_telnet {
  package { 'telnet':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=telnet
Group   Xinetd   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The xinetd service acts as a dedicated listener for some network services (mostly, obsolete ones) and can be used to provide access controls and perform some logging. It has been largely obsoleted by other features, and it is not installed by default. The older Inetd service is not even available as part of Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.

Rule   Uninstall xinetd Package   [ref]

The xinetd package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase xinetd

Rationale:

Removing the xinetd package decreases the risk of the xinetd service's accidental (or intentional) activation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50385r1_rule, SRG-OS-000096, CCI-000305, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), AC-17(8), CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove xinetd
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure xinetd is removed
  package:
    name: xinetd
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_xinetd_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000204
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_xinetd

class remove_xinetd {
  package { 'xinetd':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=xinetd
Group   NIS   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The Network Information Service (NIS), also known as 'Yellow Pages' (YP), and its successor NIS+ have been made obsolete by Kerberos, LDAP, and other modern centralized authentication services. NIS should not be used because it suffers from security problems inherent in its design, such as inadequate protection of important authentication information.

Rule   Uninstall ypserv Package   [ref]

The ypserv package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase ypserv

Rationale:

The NIS service provides an unencrypted authentication service which does not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the remote session. Removing the ypserv package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of NIS or NIS+ services.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50404r1_rule, SRG-OS-000095, CM-7, CCI-000305, 2.2.16, CCI-000381, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), AC-17(8), CM-7(a), SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove ypserv
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure ypserv is removed
  package:
    name: ypserv
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_ypserv_removed
    - high_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000220
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_ypserv

class remove_ypserv {
  package { 'ypserv':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=ypserv

Rule   Remove NIS Client   [ref]

The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages, is a client-server directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration files. The NIS client (ypbind) was used to bind a system to an NIS server and receive the distributed configuration files.

Rationale:

The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  2.3.1, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove ypbind
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure ypbind is removed
  package:
    name: ypbind
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_ypbind_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_ypbind

class remove_ypbind {
  package { 'ypbind':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=ypbind
Group   Chat/Messaging Services   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The talk software makes it possible for users to send and receive messages across systems through a terminal session.

Rule   Uninstall talk-server Package   [ref]

The talk-server package can be removed with the following command: 

 $ sudo yum erase talk-server

Rationale:

The talk software presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communications. Removing the talk-server package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of talk services.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.21, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove talk-server
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure talk-server is removed
  package:
    name: talk-server
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_talk-server_removed
    - medium_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_talk-server

class remove_talk-server {
  package { 'talk-server':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=talk-server

Rule   Uninstall talk Package   [ref]

The talk package contains the client program for the Internet talk protocol, which allows the user to chat with other users on different systems. Talk is a communication program which copies lines from one terminal to the terminal of another user. The talk package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase talk

Rationale:

The talk software presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communications. Removing the talk package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of talk client program.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  2.3.3, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii)

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove talk
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure talk is removed
  package:
    name: talk
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_talk_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_talk

class remove_talk {
  package { 'talk':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=talk
Group   TFTP Server   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   TFTP is a lightweight version of the FTP protocol which has traditionally been used to configure networking equipment. However, TFTP provides little security, and modern versions of networking operating systems frequently support configuration via SSH or other more secure protocols. A TFTP server should be run only if no more secure method of supporting existing equipment can be found.

Rule   Uninstall tftp-server Package   [ref]

The tftp-server package can be removed with the following command: 

 $ sudo yum erase tftp-server

Rationale:

Removing the tftp-server package decreases the risk of the accidental (or intentional) activation of tftp services.

If TFTP is required for operational support (such as transmission of router configurations), its use must be documented with the Information Systems Securty Manager (ISSM), restricted to only authorized personnel, and have access control rules established.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50407r2_rule, SRG-OS-000095, CCI-000305, CCI-000318, CCI-000368, CCI-001812, CCI-001813, CCI-001814, AC-17(8), CM-6(c), CM-7, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove tftp-server
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure tftp-server is removed
  package:
    name: tftp-server
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_tftp-server_removed
    - high_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(c)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000222
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_tftp-server

class remove_tftp-server {
  package { 'tftp-server':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=tftp-server

Rule   Remove tftp Daemon   [ref]

Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simple file transfer protocol, typically used to automatically transfer configuration or boot files between systems. TFTP does not support authentication and can be easily hacked. The package tftp is a client program that allows for connections to a tftp server.

Rationale:

It is recommended that TFTP be removed, unless there is a specific need for TFTP (such as a boot server). In that case, use extreme caution when configuring the services.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove tftp
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure tftp is removed
  package:
    name: tftp
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_tftp_removed
    - high_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_tftp

class remove_tftp {
  package { 'tftp':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=tftp
Group   Rlogin, Rsh, and Rexec   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   The Berkeley r-commands are legacy services which allow cleartext remote access and have an insecure trust model.

Rule   Uninstall rsh-server Package   [ref]

The rsh-server package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase rsh-server

Rationale:

The rsh-server service provides unencrypted remote access service which does not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the remote session and has very weak authentication. If a privileged user were to login using this service, the privileged user password could be compromised. The rsh-server package provides several obsolete and insecure network services. Removing it decreases the risk of those services' accidental (or intentional) activation.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50392r1_rule, SRG-OS-000095, CM-7, CCI-000305, CCI-000381, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), A.8.2.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, AC-17(8), CM-7(a), SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove rsh-server
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure rsh-server is removed
  package:
    name: rsh-server
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_rsh-server_removed
    - high_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7(a)
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000213
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_rsh-server

class remove_rsh-server {
  package { 'rsh-server':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=rsh-server

Rule   Uninstall rsh Package   [ref]

The rsh package contains the client commands for the rsh services

Rationale:

These legacy clients contain numerous security exposures and have been replaced with the more secure SSH package. Even if the server is removed, it is best to ensure the clients are also removed to prevent users from inadvertently attempting to use these commands and therefore exposing their credentials. Note that removing the rsh package removes the clients for rsh,rcp, and rlogin.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  2.3.2, 3.1.13, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), A.8.2.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove rsh
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure rsh is removed
  package:
    name: rsh
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_rsh_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-171-3.1.13
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_rsh

class remove_rsh {
  package { 'rsh':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=rsh

Rule   Remove Rsh Trust Files   [ref]

The files /etc/hosts.equiv and ~/.rhosts (in each user's home directory) list remote hosts and users that are trusted by the local system when using the rshd daemon. To remove these files, run the following command to delete them from any location: 

$ sudo rm /etc/hosts.equiv
$ rm ~/.rhosts

Rationale:

Trust files are convenient, but when used in conjunction with the R-services, they can allow unauthenticated access to a system.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50292r1_rule, SRG-OS-000248, 6.2.14, CCI-001436, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), AC-17(8), CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

find /home -maxdepth 2 -type f -name .rhosts -exec rm -f '{}' \;

if [ -f /etc/hosts.equiv ]; then
	/bin/rm -f /etc/hosts.equiv
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:restrict
- block:
    - name: "Detect shosts.equiv Files on the System"
      find:
          paths: /
          recurse: yes
          patterns: shosts.equiv
      check_mode: no
      register: shosts_equiv_locations

    - name: "Remove Rsh Trust Files"
      file:
          path: "{{ item.path }}"
          state: absent
      with_items: "{{ shosts_equiv_locations.files }}"
      when: shosts_equiv_locations
  tags:
    - no_rsh_trust_files
    - high_severity
    - restrict_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000019
Group   FTP Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   FTP is a common method for allowing remote access to files. Like telnet, the FTP protocol is unencrypted, which means that passwords and other data transmitted during the session can be captured and that the session is vulnerable to hijacking. Therefore, running the FTP server software is not recommended.

However, there are some FTP server configurations which may be appropriate for some environments, particularly those which allow only read-only anonymous access as a means of downloading data available to the public.

Group   Disable vsftpd if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   To minimize attack surface, disable vsftpd if at all possible.

Rule   Uninstall vsftpd Package   [ref]

The vsftpd package can be removed with the following command: 

 $ sudo yum erase vsftpd

Rationale:

Removing the vsftpd package decreases the risk of its accidental activation.

Severity: 
high
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-001436, CCI-000366, CM-6(b), CM-7, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove vsftpd
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure vsftpd is removed
  package:
    name: vsftpd
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_vsftpd_removed
    - high_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-6(b)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_vsftpd

class remove_vsftpd {
  package { 'vsftpd':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=vsftpd
Group   NFS and RPC   Group contains 4 groups and 5 rules

[ref]   The Network File System is a popular distributed filesystem for the Unix environment, and is very widely deployed. This section discusses the circumstances under which it is possible to disable NFS and its dependencies, and then details steps which should be taken to secure NFS's configuration. This section is relevant to systems operating as NFS clients, as well as to those operating as NFS servers.

Group   Disable All NFS Services if Possible   Group contains 1 group and 4 rules

[ref]   If there is not a reason for the system to operate as either an NFS client or an NFS server, follow all instructions in this section to disable subsystems required by NFS.

Warning:  The steps in this section will prevent a system from operating as either an NFS client or an NFS server. Only perform these steps on systems which do not need NFS at all.
Group   Disable Services Used Only by NFS   Group contains 4 rules

[ref]   If NFS is not needed, disable the NFS client daemons nfslock, rpcgssd, and rpcidmapd.

All of these daemons run with elevated privileges, and many listen for network connections. If they are not needed, they should be disabled to improve system security posture.

Rule   Disable rpcbind Service   [ref]

The rpcbind utility maps RPC services to the ports on which they listen. RPC processes notify rpcbind when they start, registering the ports they are listening on and the RPC program numbers they expect to serve. The rpcbind service redirects the client to the proper port number so it can communicate with the requested service. If the system does not require RPC (such as for NFS servers) then this service should be disabled. The rpcbind service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig rpcbind off

Rationale:

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'rpcbind' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'rpcbind' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service rpcbind
  service:
    name: rpcbind
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_rpcbind_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption

Rule   Disable Network File System Lock Service (nfslock)   [ref]

The Network File System Lock (nfslock) service starts the required remote procedure call (RPC) processes which allow clients to lock files on the server. If the local system is not configured to mount NFS filesystems then this service should be disabled. The nfslock service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig nfslock off

Rationale:

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'nfslock' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'nfslock' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service nfslock
  service:
    name: nfslock
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_nfslock_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption

Rule   Disable RPC ID Mapping Service (rpcidmapd)   [ref]

The rpcidmapd service is used to map user names and groups to UID and GID numbers on NFSv4 mounts. If NFS is not in use on the local system then this service should be disabled. The rpcidmapd service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig rpcidmapd off

Rationale:

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'rpcidmapd' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'rpcidmapd' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service rpcidmapd
  service:
    name: rpcidmapd
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_rpcidmapd_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption

Rule   Disable Secure RPC Client Service (rpcgssd)   [ref]

The rpcgssd service manages RPCSEC GSS contexts required to secure protocols that use RPC (most often Kerberos and NFS). The rpcgssd service is the client-side of RPCSEC GSS. If the system does not require secure RPC then this service should be disabled. The rpcgssd service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig rpcgssd off

Rationale:

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'rpcgssd' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'rpcgssd' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service rpcgssd
  service:
    name: rpcgssd
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_rpcgssd_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Group   Configure NFS Clients   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The steps in this section are appropriate for systems which operate as NFS clients.

Group   Disable NFS Server Daemons   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   There is no need to run the NFS server daemons nfs and rpcsvcgssd except on a small number of properly secured systems designated as NFS servers. Ensure that these daemons are turned off on clients.

Rule   Disable Secure RPC Server Service (rpcsvcgssd)   [ref]

The rpcsvcgssd service manages RPCSEC GSS contexts required to secure protocols that use RPC (most often Kerberos and NFS). The rpcsvcgssd service is the server-side of RPCSEC GSS. If the system does not require secure RPC then this service should be disabled. The rpcsvcgssd service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig rpcsvcgssd off

Rationale:

Unnecessary services should be disabled to decrease the attack surface of the system.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'rpcsvcgssd' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'rpcsvcgssd' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service rpcsvcgssd
  service:
    name: rpcsvcgssd
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_rpcsvcgssd_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Group   Web Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The web server is responsible for providing access to content via the HTTP protocol. Web servers represent a significant security risk because:

  • The HTTP port is commonly probed by malicious sources
  • Web server software is very complex, and includes a long history of vulnerabilities
  • The HTTP protocol is unencrypted and vulnerable to passive monitoring


The system's default web server software is Apache 2 and is provided in the RPM package httpd.

Group   Disable Apache if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If Apache was installed and activated, but the system does not need to act as a web server, then it should be disabled and removed from the system.

Rule   Uninstall httpd Package   [ref]

The httpd package can be removed with the following command: 

 $ sudo yum erase httpd

Rationale:

If there is no need to make the web server software available, removing it provides a safeguard against its activation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove httpd
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure httpd is removed
  package:
    name: httpd
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_httpd_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_httpd

class remove_httpd {
  package { 'httpd':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=httpd
Group   Base Services   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   This section addresses the base services that are installed on a Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 default installation which are not covered in other sections. Some of these services listen on the network and should be treated with particular discretion. Other services are local system utilities that may or may not be extraneous. In general, system services should be disabled if not required.

Rule   Disable Red Hat Network Service (rhnsd)   [ref]

The Red Hat Network service automatically queries Red Hat Network servers to determine whether there are any actions that should be executed, such as package updates. This only occurs if the system was registered to an RHN server or satellite and managed as such. The rhnsd service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig rhnsd off

Rationale:

Although systems management and patching is extremely important to system security, management by a system outside the enterprise enclave is not desirable for some environments. However, if the system is being managed by RHN or RHN Satellite Server the rhnsd daemon can remain on.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50278r2_rule, SRG-OS-000096, 1.2.5, CCI-000382, AC-17(8), CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'rhnsd' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'rhnsd' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service rhnsd
  service:
    name: rhnsd
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_rhnsd_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AC-17(8)
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000009
Group   Avahi Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   The Avahi daemon implements the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS protocols, which provide service and host discovery on a network. It allows a system to automatically identify resources on the network, such as printers or web servers. This capability is also known as mDNSresponder and is a major part of Zeroconf networking.

Group   Disable Avahi Server if Possible   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   Because the Avahi daemon service keeps an open network port, it is subject to network attacks. Disabling it can reduce the system's vulnerability to such attacks.

Rule   Disable Avahi Server Software   [ref]

The avahi-daemon service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig avahi-daemon off

Rationale:

Because the Avahi daemon service keeps an open network port, it is subject to network attacks. Its functionality is convenient but is only appropriate if the local network can be trusted.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SRG-OS-999999, SV-50419r2_rule, 2.2.3, CCI-000366, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'avahi-daemon' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'avahi-daemon' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service avahi-daemon
  service:
    name: avahi-daemon
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_avahi-daemon_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000246
Group   IMAP and POP3 Server   Group contains 1 group and 1 rule

[ref]   Dovecot provides IMAP and POP3 services. It is not installed by default. The project page at http://www.dovecot.org contains more detailed information about Dovecot configuration.

Group   Disable Dovecot   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   If the system does not need to operate as an IMAP or POP3 server, the dovecot software should be disabled and removed.

Rule   Uninstall dovecot Package   [ref]

The dovecot package can be removed with the following command: 

$ sudo yum erase dovecot

Rationale:

If there is no need to make the Dovecot software available, removing it provides a safeguard against its activation.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References
Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
# Function to remove packages on RHEL, Fedora, Debian, and possibly other systems.
#
# Example Call(s):
#
#     package_remove telnet-server
#
function package_remove {

# Load function arguments into local variables
local package="$1"

# Check sanity of the input
if [ $# -ne "1" ]
then
  echo "Usage: package_remove 'package_name'"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

if which dnf ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    dnf remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which yum ; then
  if rpm -q --quiet "$package"; then
    yum remove -y "$package"
  fi
elif which apt-get ; then
  apt-get remove -y "$package"
else
  echo "Failed to detect available packaging system, tried dnf, yum and apt-get!"
  echo "Aborting."
  exit 1
fi

}

package_remove dovecot
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Ensure dovecot is removed
  package:
    name: dovecot
    state: absent
  tags:
    - package_dovecot_removed
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
Remediation Puppet snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
include remove_dovecot

class remove_dovecot {
  package { 'dovecot':
    ensure => 'purged',
  }
}
Remediation Anaconda snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable

package --remove=dovecot
Group   Print Support   Group contains 1 rule

[ref]   The Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) service provides both local and network printing support. A system running the CUPS service can accept print jobs from other systems, process them, and send them to the appropriate printer. It also provides an interface for remote administration through a web browser. The CUPS service is installed and activated by default. The project homepage and more detailed documentation are available at http://www.cups.org.

Rule   Disable the CUPS Service   [ref]

The cups service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig cups off

Rationale:

Turn off unneeded services to reduce attack surface.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  2.2.4, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'cups' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'cups' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service cups
  service:
    name: cups
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_cups_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
Group   Network Time Protocol   Group contains 3 rules

[ref]   The Network Time Protocol is used to manage the system clock over a network. Computer clocks are not very accurate, so time will drift unpredictably on unmanaged systems. Central time protocols can be used both to ensure that time is consistent among a network of systems, and that their time is consistent with the outside world.

If every system on a network reliably reports the same time, then it is much easier to correlate log messages in case of an attack. In addition, a number of cryptographic protocols (such as Kerberos) use timestamps to prevent certain types of attacks. If your network does not have synchronized time, these protocols may be unreliable or even unusable.

Depending on the specifics of the network, global time accuracy may be just as important as local synchronization, or not very important at all. If your network is connected to the Internet, using a public timeserver (or one provided by your enterprise) provides globally accurate timestamps which may be essential in investigating or responding to an attack which originated outside of your network.

A typical network setup involves a small number of internal systems operating as NTP servers, and the remainder obtaining time information from those internal servers.

There is a choice between the daemons ntpd and chronyd, which are available from the repositories in the ntp and chrony packages respectively.

The default chronyd daemon can work well when external time references are only intermittently accesible, can perform well even when the network is congested for longer periods of time, can usually synchronize the clock faster and with better time accuracy, and quickly adapts to sudden changes in the rate of the clock, for example, due to changes in the temperature of the crystal oscillator. Chronyd should be considered for all systems which are frequently suspended or otherwise intermittently disconnected and reconnected to a network. Mobile and virtual systems for example.

The ntpd NTP daemon fully supports NTP protocol version 4 (RFC 5905), including broadcast, multicast, manycast clients and servers, and the orphan mode. It also supports extra authentication schemes based on public-key cryptography (RFC 5906). The NTP daemon (ntpd) should be considered for systems which are normally kept permanently on. Systems which are required to use broadcast or multicast IP, or to perform authentication of packets with the Autokey protocol, should consider using ntpd.

Refer to https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/System_Administrators_Guide/ch-Configuring_NTP_Using_the_chrony_Suite.html for more detailed comparison of features of chronyd and ntpd daemon features respectively, and for further guidance how to choose between the two NTP daemons.

The upstream manual pages at http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/manual.html for chronyd and http://www.ntp.org for ntpd provide additional information on the capabilities and configuration of each of the NTP daemons.

Rule   Specify a Remote NTP Server   [ref]

To specify a remote NTP server for time synchronization, edit the file /etc/ntp.conf. Add or correct the following lines, substituting the IP or hostname of a remote NTP server for ntpserver: 

server ntpserver
This instructs the NTP software to contact that remote server to obtain time data.

Rationale:

Synchronizing with an NTP server makes it possible to collate system logs from multiple sources or correlate computer events with real time events.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000160, SRG-OS-000056, SV-50422r1_rule, AU-8(1), Req-10.4.1, Req-10.4.3

Rule   Specify Additional Remote NTP Servers   [ref]

Additional NTP servers can be specified for time synchronization in the file /etc/ntp.conf. To do so, add additional lines of the following form, substituting the IP address or hostname of a remote NTP server for ntpserver: 

server ntpserver

Rationale:

Specifying additional NTP servers increases the availability of accurate time data, in the event that one of the specified servers becomes unavailable. This is typical for a system acting as an NTP server for other systems.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  AU-8(1), Req-10.4.3

Rule   Enable the NTP Daemon   [ref]

The ntpd service can be enabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig --level 2345 ntpd on

Rationale:

Enabling the ntpd service ensures that the ntpd service will be running and that the system will synchronize its time to any servers specified. This is important whether the system is configured to be a client (and synchronize only its own clock) or it is also acting as an NTP server to other systems. Synchronizing time is essential for authentication services such as Kerberos, but it is also important for maintaining accurate logs and auditing possible security breaches.

The NTP daemon offers all of the functionality of ntpdate, which is now deprecated. Additional information on this is available at http://support.ntp.org/bin/view/Dev/DeprecatingNtpdate.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  CCI-000160, SRG-OS-000056, SV-50421r1_rule, AU-8(1), Req-10.4

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'ntpd' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'ntpd' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service ntpd
  service:
    name: ntpd
    enabled: "yes"
    state: "started"
  tags:
    - service_ntpd_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-AU-8(1)
    - PCI-DSS-Req-10.4
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000247
Group   Cron and At Daemons   Group contains 2 rules

[ref]   The cron and at services are used to allow commands to be executed at a later time. The cron service is required by almost all systems to perform necessary maintenance tasks, while at may or may not be required on a given system. Both daemons should be configured defensively.

Rule   Disable At Service (atd)   [ref]

The at and batch commands can be used to schedule tasks that are meant to be executed only once. This allows delayed execution in a manner similar to cron, except that it is not recurring. The daemon atd keeps track of tasks scheduled via at and batch, and executes them at the specified time. The atd service can be disabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig atd off

Rationale:

The atd service could be used by an unsophisticated insider to carry out activities outside of a normal login session, which could complicate accountability. Furthermore, the need to schedule tasks with at or batch is not common.

Severity: 
unknown
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50442r3_rule, SRG-OS-000096, CCI-000381, CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'atd' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'atd' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:disable
- name: Disable service atd
  service:
    name: atd
    enabled: "no"
    state: "stopped"
  register: service_result
  failed_when: "service_result is failed and ('Could not find the requested service' not in service_result.msg)"
  tags:
    - service_atd_disabled
    - unknown_severity
    - disable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000262

Rule   Enable cron Service   [ref]

The crond service is used to execute commands at preconfigured times. It is required by almost all systems to perform necessary maintenance tasks, such as notifying root of system activity. The crond service can be enabled with the following command: 

$ sudo chkconfig --level 2345 crond on

Rationale:

Due to its usage for maintenance and security-supporting tasks, enabling the cron daemon is essential.

Severity: 
medium
Identifiers and References

References:  SV-50406r2_rule, SRG-OS-999999, 5.1.1, 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii), CM-7

Remediation Shell script:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable

/sbin/service 'crond' disable
/sbin/chkconfig --level 0123456 'crond' off
Remediation Ansible snippet:   (show)

Complexity:low
Disruption:low
Strategy:enable
- name: Enable service crond
  service:
    name: crond
    enabled: "yes"
    state: "started"
  tags:
    - service_crond_enabled
    - medium_severity
    - enable_strategy
    - low_complexity
    - low_disruption
    - NIST-800-53-CM-7
    - DISA-STIG-RHEL-06-000224
Red Hat and Red Hat Enterprise Linux are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the United States and other countries. All other names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective companies.